McGILL UNIVERSITY

FACULTY OF SCIENCE
DEPARTMENT OF
MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
MATH 141 2010 01
CALCULUS 2
Information for Students
(Winter Term, 2009/2010)
Pages 1 - 20 of these notes may be considered the Course Outline for this course. The page
numbers shown in the table of contents and in the upper right hand corners of pages are not the
same as the numbers of pages in the PDF document. If you wish to print out specific pages, you
should first view the relevant pages at your screen, and determine what are the numbers of the
corresponding PDF pages.

PRELIMINARY VERSION
W. G. Brown
January 6, 2010

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Contents
1 General Information
1.1 Force Majeure . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Instructors and Times . . . . . .
1.3 Calendar Description . . . . . .
1.3.1 Calendar Description . .
1.3.2 Late transfer from MATH
151/MATH 152 . . . . .
1.4 Tutorials . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.4.1 Tutorial Times, Locations,
and Personnel (subject to
change) . . . . . . . . .
1.4.2 Teaching Assistants (TAs)
1.4.3 Friday, April 02nd, 2010
and Monday, April 05th,
2010 . . . . . . . . . .
1.5 Evaluation of Your Progress . .
1.5.1 Your final grade (See Table 3, p. 11) In the event
of extraordinary circumstances beyond the Universitys control, the content and/or evaluation scheme
in this course is subject
to change. . . . . . . . .
1.5.2 WeBWorK . . . . . . .
1.5.3 Written Submissions. . .
1.5.4 Quizzes at the Tutorials.
1.5.5 Final Examination . . .
1.5.6 Supplemental Assessments
1.5.7 Machine Scoring: Will
the final examination be
machine scored? . . . .
1.5.8 Plagiarism. . . . . . . .
1.5.9 Corrections to grades . .
1.6 Published Materials . . . . . . .
1.6.1 Required Text-Book . .
1.6.2 Optional Reference Books
1.6.3 Recommended Video Materials . . . . . . . . . .
1.6.4 Other Calculus Textbooks

1.6.5 Website . . . . . . . . .
Syllabus . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation and Workload . . .
1.8.1 Prerequisites. . . . . . .
1.8.2 Calculators . . . . . . .
1.8.3 Self-Supervision . . . .
1.8.4 Escape Routes . . . . .
1.8.5 Terminology . . . . . .
1.9 Communication with Instructors
and TAs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.10 Commercial tutorial and exam
preparation services . . . . . . .
1.11 Special Office Hours and Tutorials
1.7
1.8

1
1
2
2
2
3
3

3
3
2
4
5

References
2.1 Stewart Calculus Series . . . . .
2.2 Other Calculus Textbooks . . . .
2.2.1 R. A. Adams . . . . . .
2.2.2 Larson, Hostetler, et al. .
2.2.3 Edwards and Penney . .
2.2.4 Others, not Early Transcendentals . . . . . .
2.3 Other References . . . . . . . .

13
14
15
15
15
16
17
18
18
19
20
201
201
202
202
203
203
204
204

A Timetable for Lecture Section 001 of

MATH 141 2010 01
1001
5
6
B Timetable for Lecture Section 002 of
7
MATH 141 2009 01
2001
7
8 C Supplementary Notes for Students in
8
Section 001 of MATH 141 2010 01
3001
C.1 Lecture style in Lecture Section
001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3001
9
C.2 Supplementary Notes for the Lec9
ture of January 04th, 2010 . . . 3002
10
C.2.1 5.1 Areas and Distances. 3002
10
C.3 Supplementary Notes for the Lec10
ture of January 06th, 2010 . . . 3005
10
C.3.1 5.1 Areas and Distances
(conclusion). . . . . . . 3005
12
C.3.2 5.2 The Definite Integral 3007
13

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

D Problem Assignments from Previous Years 5001
D.1 1998/1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5001
D.1.1 Assignment 1 . . . . . . 5001
D.1.2 Assignment 2 . . . . . . 5001
D.1.3 Assignment 3 . . . . . . 5002
D.1.4 Assignment 4 . . . . . . 5002
D.1.5 Assignment 5 . . . . . . 5002
D.2 1999/2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5003
D.2.1 Assignment 1 . . . . . . 5003
D.2.2 Assignment 2 . . . . . . 5004
D.2.3 Assignment 3 . . . . . . 5006
D.2.4 Assignment 4 . . . . . . 5007 F
D.2.5 Assignment 5 . . . . . . 5009
D.2.6 Assignment 6 . . . . . . 5010
D.3 2000/2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5012
D.4 2001/2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5012
D.5 MATH 141 2003 01 . . . . . . . 5012
D.6 MATH 141 2004 01 . . . . . . . 5012
D.7 MATH 141 2005 01 . . . . . . . 5013
D.7.1 Written Assignment W1
5013
D.7.2 Written Assignment W2
5014
D.7.3 Written Assignment W3
5016
D.7.4 Written Assignment W4
5017
D.7.5 Written Assignment W5
5019
D.8 MATH 141 2006 01 . . . . . . . 5021
D.8.1 Solution to Written Assignment W1 . . . . . . 5021
D.8.2 Solution to Written Assignment W2 . . . . . . 5024
D.8.3 Solutions to Written Assignment W3 . . . . . . 5025
D.8.4 Solutions to Written Assignment W4 . . . . . . 5028
D.8.5 Solutions to Written Assignment W5 . . . . . . 5030
D.9 MATH 141 2007 01 . . . . . . . 5032
E Quizzes from Previous Years
E.1 MATH 141 2007 01 . . . . . . .
E.1.1 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q1
E.1.2 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q2
E.1.3 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q3

5033
5033
5033
5043
5055

E.1.4 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q4

E.2 MATH 141 2008 01 . . . . . . .
E.2.1 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q1
E.2.2 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q2
E.2.3 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q3
E.2.4 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q4
E.3 MATH 141 2009 01 . . . . . . .
E.3.1 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q1
E.3.2 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q2
E.3.3 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q3

5070
5086
5086
5099
5110
5121
5134
5134
5140
5146

Final Examinations from Previous Years 5152

F.1 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-121B (1996/1997) . . . 5152
F.2 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1997/1998) . . . 5153
F.3 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B
(1997/1998) . . . . . . . . . . . 5155
F.4 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1998/1999) . . . 5156
F.5 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B
(1998/1999) . . . . . . . . . . . 5158
F.6 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1999/2000) . . . 5160
F.7 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B
(1999/2000) . . . . . . . . . . . 5161
F.8 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (2000/2001) . . . 5162
F.9 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B
(2000/2001) . . . . . . . . . . . 5164
F.10 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (2001/2002) . . . 5165
F.11 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B
(2001/2002) . . . . . . . . . . . 5167
F.12 Final Examination in MATH 141
2003 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5169

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

F.13 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2003 01 . . .
F.14 Final Examination in MATH 141
2004 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F.15 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2004 01 . . .
F.16 Final Examination in MATH 141
2005 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F.17 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2005 01 . . .
F.18 Final Examination in MATH 141
2006 01 (One version) . . . . .
F.19 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2006 01 . . .
F.20 Final Examination in MATH 141
2007 01 (One version) . . . . .
F.21 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2007 01 (One
version) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F.22 Final Examination in MATH 141
2008 01 (one version) . . . . . .
F.23 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2008 01 (one
version) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F.24 Final Examination in MATH 141
2009 01 (one version) . . . . . .

5171
5172
5181
5185
5189
5192
5195
5199

5203
5207

5217
5221

G.1.6 May I assume that the

distribution of topics on
quizzes and final examinations will parallel the
distribution of topics in
the WeBWorK assignments? . . . . . . . . . 6002
G.1.7 WeBWorK provides for
different kinds of Display Mode. Which should
I use? . . . . . . . . . . 6002
G.1.8 WeBWorK provides for
printing assignments in
Portable Document Format
(.pdf), PostScript (.ps)
and TEXSource forms.
Which should I use? . . 6003
G.1.9 What is the relation between WeBWorK and WebCT? . . . . . . . . . . 6003
G.1.10 What do I have to do on
WeBWorK? . . . . . . 6003
G.1.11 How can I learn how to
use WeBWorK? . . . . 6004
G.1.12 Where should I go if I
have difficulties with WeBWorK ? . . . . . . . . . 6004
G.1.13 Can the WeBWorK system ever break down or
degrade? . . . . . . . . 6004
G.1.14 How many attempts may
I make to solve a particular problem on WeBWorK? . . . . . . . . . 6005
G.1.15 Will all WeBWorK assignments have the same
length? the same value? 6005
G.1.16 Is WeBWorK a good indicator of examination performance? . . . . . . . . 6005

G WeBWorK
6001
G.1 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) 6001
G.1.1 Where is WeBWorK? . 6001
G.1.2 Do I need a password to
use WeBWorK? . . . . 6001
G.1.3 Do I have to pay an additional fee to use WeBWorK? . . . . . . . . . 6001
G.1.4 When will assignments
be available on WeBWorK? 6002
G.1.5 Do WeBWorK assignments cover the full range
of problems that I should
be able to solve in this
course? . . . . . . . . . 6002 H Contents of the DVD disks for

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Larson/Hostetler/Edwards
I

6101

I.15 Midterm meeting with instructor(s) 7013

I.16 Tutorial schedules . . . . . . . . 7014

Instructions and Suggestions for Teaching Assistants in MATH 141 2010 01 7001
I.1 Information for students in MATH
List
141 2010 01 . . . . . . . . . . 7001
1
I.2 Workload . . . . . . . . . . . . 7001
I.3 Contingency/Other Duties . . 7001
2
I.4 Tutorial Sessions . . . . . . . . 7002
I.5 WeBWorK . . . . . . . . . . . 7003
3
I.6 Quizzes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7004
I.7 Your students . . . . . . . . . . 7005
I.7.1 Students from Other Tu6
torial Sections . . . . . 7005
I.7.2 Your grading and your
colleagues grading . . . 7005
I.8 Keeping Careful Records . . . . 7006
I.8.1 Submission of quiz grades 7006
List
I.8.2 Corrections to submitted
records . . . . . . . . . 7007
1
I.8.3 Special Cases . . . . . . 7007
I.8.4 Publication of Student Grades. 7007
I.8.5 Confidentiality. . . . . . 7008
I.9 Office Hours . . . . . . . . . . . 7008
I.9.1 Rescheduling Office Hours 7009
I.10 Grading the Final Examination . 7009
I.11 Textbooks, Printed, and Web Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7010
I.11.1 Textbooks . . . . . . . . 7010
I.11.2 Printed Materials . . . . 7010
I.11.3 Other duplication . . . . 7010
I.11.4 Course Web Page . . . . 7010
I.11.5 The TA Page on myCourses 7010
I.11.6 Access to WeBWorK . 7011
I.12 Communications . . . . . . . . 7011
I.12.1 Communications to TAs
from the Instructors . . . 7011
I.12.2 myCourses and E-mail . 7011
I.13 Professionalism . . . . . . . . . 7011
I.14 Quality Control . . . . . . . . . 7013
I.14.1 Online evaluation of TAs 7013
I.14.2 Grading Standards . . . 7013

of Tables
Schedule and Locations of Tutorials, as of January 6, 2010. . .
4
Tutors Coordinates, as of January 6, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Summary of Course Requirements,
as of January 6, 2010; (all dates
11
are subject to change) . . . . . .
Workload common to all teaching assistants in MATH 141 2010
01 (subject to correction or change) 7002

of Figures
The limacon r = 1 + 2 sin . . .

5071

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

1 General Information
Distribution Date: January 04th, 2010
(all information is subject to change)
Pages 1 - 20 of these notes may be considered the Course Outline for this course.
These notes may undergo minor corrections or updates during the term: the definitive version will be the version accessible at
http://www.math.mcgill.ca/brown/math141b.html
or on myCourses, at
http://www.mcgill.ca/mycourses/

Students are advised not to make assumptions based on past years operations,
as some of the details concerning this course could be different from past years.
Publications other than this document may contain unreliable information about
this course.
All details of the course could be subject to discretionary change in case of force
majeure.

1.1 Force Majeure

In the event of extraordinary circumstances beyond the Universitys control, all details of this
course, including the content and/or evaluation scheme are subject to change.
1

Please note that the statements about MATH 141 in an SUS publication called Absolute Zero were not given
to instructors of this course to check, and some of them may not be currently correct.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

1.2 Instructors and Times

INSTRUCTOR:
LECTURE SECTION:
CRN:
OFFICE:
OFFICE HOURS:
(subject to change)
TELEPHONE:
E-MAIL:2
CLASSROOM:
CLASS HOURS:

Prof. W. G. Brown
(Course Coordinator)
1
576
BURN 1224
W 13:1514:15
F 10:0011:00
or by appointment
(514)-398-3836
BROWN@
MATH.MCGILL.CA
ADAMS AUD
MWF 11:3512:25 h.

Dr. S. Shahabi

Dr. A. Hundemer

2
577
BURN 1243
F 09:3011:30
(tentative)

3
578
BURN 1128
MW 15:3016:25

(514)-398-3803
SHAHABI@
MATH.MCGILL.CA
LEA 219
MWF 11:3512:25 h.

(514)-398-5318
HUNDEMER@
MATH.MCGILL.CA
ADAMS AUD
MW 16:3517:55 h.

1.3 Calendar Description

1.3.1 Calendar Description
MATH 1414 CALCULUS 2. (4 credits; 3 hours lecture; 2 hours tutorial. Prerequisites:
MATH 139 or MATH 140 or MATH 150. Restriction: Not open to students who have taken
MATH 121 or CEGEP objective 00UP or equivalent; not open to students who have taken or
are taking MATH 122 or MATH 130 or MATH 131, except by permission of the Department of
Mathematics and Statistics. Each Tutorial section is enrolment limited.) The definite integral.
Techniques of integration. Applications. Introduction to sequences and series.
Students Lacking the Prerequisite will, when discovered, be removed from the course.
Students without the prerequisite (or standing in a course recognized by the Admissions Office
as being equivalent to MATH 140) should not assume that, in possibly permitting MINERVA
to accept their registration for MATH 141, the University was tacitly approving their registration without the prerequisite. In particular, students who obtained a grade of F in MATH
139/140/150 are expressly excluded from registration in MATH 141, even if they registered in
the course before the failed or missed examination.
2

Please do not send e-mail messages to your instructors through the WebCT or WeBWorK3 systems; rather,
use the addresses given in 1.2 on page 2.
3
E-mail messages generated by the Feedback command in WeBWorK should be used sparingly, and confined to specific inquiries about WeBWorK assignments.
4
The previous designation for this course was 189-141, and the version given in the winter was labelled
189-141B; an earlier number for a similar course was 189-121.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

1.3.2 Late transfer from MATH 151/MATH 152

Some students from MATH 151 or MATH 152 may be permitted to transfer into MATH 141
after the end of the Change of Course Period. If your instructor in MATH 151 or 152 advises
you that you are in this category, please send an e-mail message to Professor Brown as soon
as your transfer has been approved.5

1.4 Tutorials
1.4.1 Tutorial Times, Locations, and Personnel (subject to change)
Every student must be registered in one lecture section and one tutorial section for this course.
Tutorials begin in the week of January 11th, 2010. The last tutorials in all Tuesday, Wednesday,
and Thursday tutorial sections will be in the week beginning Monday, April 05th, 2010; the
last tutorial in Monday tutorial sections will be on Monday, April 12th, 2010; the date of the
last tutorial in Friday tutorial sections will be announced later in the term. Table 1 gives times,
locations, and the tutors name for each of the tutorials; Table 2 gives the tutors coordinates.
The information in these tables is subject to change. We try to publicize changes but
sometimes we are not informed in advance.6
You are expected to write quizzes only in the tutorial section in which you are registered.7 You do not have a licence to move from one tutorial section to another at will,
even if you find the time, location, or personnel of your tutorials either temporarily or permanently inconvenient; in the latter case the onus is on you to transfer formally to another tutorial
section, to change your other classes, or to drop MATH 141 2010 01. Please remember that
transfers must be completed by the Course Change (drop/add) deadline (January 19th, 2010),
and are subject to the maximum capacities established for each tutorial section8
1.4.2 Teaching Assistants (TAs)
The tutors in MATH 141 2010 01 are graduate students in Mathematics and Statistics. Like
you, they are students, albeit at the graduate level; they have deadlines and commitments and
personal lives, and the time they have available for MATH 141 is limited and controlled by a
collective agreement (union contract). Please respect the important functions that our tutors
provide, and do not ask them for services they are not expected to perform:
5

This is to ensure that your WeBWorK account is opened, and that your date of entry to the course is recorded.
The current room for your tutorial should always be available by clicking on Class Schedule on MINERVA
FOR STUDENTS, http://www.mcgill.ca/minerva-students/.
7
In some time slots there may be several tutorial sections, meeting in different rooms.
8
Your instructors do not have the ability to change the maximum capacities of tutorials.
6

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

CRN

Day

Begins

Ends

Room

T004
T005
T006
T007
T008
T009
T010
T011
T012
T013
T014
T015
T016
T017
T018
T019
T020
T021

579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
2071
2072
8194
8840
8841

Fri
Tue
Tue
Tue
Thurs
Thurs
Thurs
Mon
Mon
Mon
Wed
Wed
Wed
Mon
Wed
Tue
Tue
Fri

01:35
14:05
16:05
16:05
14:05
16:05
16:05
13:35
14:35
14:35
13:35
14:35
14:35
13:35
13:35
08:05
15:35
15:35

03:25
15:55
17:55
17:55
15:55
17:55
17:55
15:25
16:25
16:25
15:25
16:25
16:25
15:25
15:25
09:55
17:25
17:25

BURN 1B39
ARTS 260
BURN 1B23
BURN 1B24
BURN 1B39
BURN 1B39
BURN 1B23
ARTS W-20
BURN 1B36
BURN 1B24
ARTS W-20
LEA 14
BURN 1B36
ENGMD 276
BURN 1B24
BURN 1B23
ENGMD 279
ENGMD 256

Tutor
D. Attwell-Duval
H. Bigdely
L. Candelori
F. Castella
Y. Canzani
J. Feys
A.-P. Grecianu
J. Macdonald

M. Prevost
P. Rempel
J. Restrepo
B. Taji
A. Tcheng
A. Tomberg
J. Tousignant-Barnes
A. Farooqui
M. Wong
Y. Zhao

Some of these room assignments could change before or early in the beginning of the term, as we
have a pending request to upgrade some of the rooms. In any case, all assignments are subject to
change.

Table 1: Schedule and Locations of Tutorials, as of January 6, 2010.

Outside of the normal quiz times in their tutorials, tutors are neither expected nor authorized to administer a special quiz or a quiz that has already been administered to
others.
Tutors in MATH 141 2010 01 are not permitted to offer paid, private tuition to students
in any tutorial section of this course.
1.4.3 Friday, April 02nd, 2010 and Monday, April 05th, 2010
These two lecture/tutorial days are lost because of the Easter holidays. While the lectures will
resume on Wednesday, April 07th, 2010, and the total number of lecture hours is similar to
past years, there will be some disruption to Monday and Friday tutorials: the Monday tutorials
will meet on Monday, April 12th, 2010, but there is no scheduled Friday available to complete
the Friday tutorials; alternative arrangements for students in Friday tutorials will be announced
later in the term.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Tutor

E-mail address

Attwell-Duval, D.
Bigdely, H.
Candelori, L.
Canzani, Y.
Castella, F.
Farooqui, A.
Feys, J.
Grecianu, A.-P.
Macdonald, J.

Prevost,
M.
Rempel, P.
Restrepo, J.
Taji, B.
Tcheng, A.
Tomberg, A.
Tousignant-Barnes, J.
Wong, M.
Zhao, Y.

[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]

5
Office
BURN
1018
1030
1032
1133
1008
1032
1020
1007
1030
1117
1140
1117
1031
1029
1031
1032
1031
1034

Day(s)

W
T

TTh
Th
TTh
Th
T
TTh
W
TTh
F

Begins

Office Hours
Ends Day

:
:
08:30
12:30
:
:
17:00
14:30
:
13:00
10:00
10:30
:
14:30
12:30
09:00
:
12:30

:
:
11:30
14:30
:
:
18:30
16:00
:
14:30
13:00
12:00
:
16:00
15:30
10:30
:
15:30

Begins

Ends

:
:

:
:

13:00
:

14:00
:

:
13:00

:
14:30

:
14:30
:

:
16:00
:

Th

During her/his office hours, a tutor is available to all students in the course,
not only to the students of her/his tutorial section.
For last minute changes, see myCourses (WebCT).

Table 2: Tutors Coordinates, as of January 6, 2010

1.5 Evaluation of Your Progress

1.5.1 Your final grade (See Table 3, p. 11) In the event of extraordinary circumstances
beyond the Universitys control, the content and/or evaluation scheme in this
course is subject to change.
Your grade in this course will be a letter grade, based on a percentage grade computed from
the following components:
1. Assignments submitted over the Web: Six9 (6) WeBWorK homework assignments
counting together for 10%.
2. Quizzes given at the tutorials: Four (4), counting together for 20%.10
9

Numbers of assignments, quizzes, etc., are as planned as of the date of this version of these notes. Students
must be prepared for the possibility that it could be necessary to adjust these numbers during the term. If there
are any changes, these will be announced on myCourses, by broadcast e-mail messages, or by announcements at
the lectures.
10
But be warned: students who fail to write quizzes are often at risk in this course. The quizzes are mainly
a learning, rather than a testing experience. You need the information that comes from writing quizzes in a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

3. The final examination counting for 70%.

Where a students performance on the final examination is superior to her performance on the
tutorial quizzes, the final examination grade will replace the quiz grades in the calculations;
in that case the grade on the final examination will count for 90% of the final grade. It is not
planned to permit the examination grade to replace the grades on WeBWorK assignments.
1.5.2 WeBWorK
1. The WeBWorK system, developed at the University of Rochester is designed to
expose you to a large number of drill problems, and where plagiarism is discouraged.
WeBWorK is accessible only over the Internet. Details on how to sign on to WeBWorK
are contained in Appendix G to these notes, page 6001.
Only answers submitted by the due date and time will count. The WeBWorK assignments which count in your term mark will be labelled A1 , . . ., A6 .
2. Due dates and times for WeBWorK assignments. Most due dates for WeBWorK
assignments will be on specified Sundays, about 23:30h; last minute changes in the due
dates may be announced either on WeBWorK, on myCourses, or by an e-mail message11
As mentioned in the WeBWorK FAQ (cf. Appendix G), if you leave your WeBWorK
assignment until the hours close to the due time on the due date, you should not be
surprised if the system is slow to respond. This is not a malfunction, but is simply
a reflection of the fact that other students have also been procrastinating! To benefit
from the speed that the system can deliver under normal conditions, do not delay your
WeBWorK until the last possible day! If a systems failure interferes with the due date of
an assignment, arrangements may be made to change that date, and an e-mail message
may be broadcast to all users (to the e-mail addresses on record), or a note posted in the
course announcements on myCourses; but slowness in the system just before the due
time will not normally be considered a systems failure.12
3. Numbers of permitted attempts at WeBWorK questions. While the number of times
you may attempt each problem on WeBWorK An will be limited, there will be a companion Practice Assignment Pn (n = 1, 2, . . . , 6) with an unlimited number of attempts
at similar problems, but in which the specific data may be different. Thus you have
group, and observing whether your performance was at an appropriate level. Students who deny themselves this
experience often undergo a rude awakening at the final examination.
11
Be sure that your e-mail addresses are correctly recorded. See 4, p. 19 of these notes.
12
Should you find that the system is responding slowly, do not submit your solutions more than once; you may
deplete the number of attempts that have been allowed to you for a problem: this will not be considered a systems
failure.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

the opportunity to prepare yourself on the Practice assignment before attempting the actual assignment. The practice assignments DO NOT COUNT in your term mark, even
though a grade is recorded.. Practice assignment Pn is normally due one week before
assignment An . Another assignment which will not count will be Practice Assignment
P0 , which is directed to students who are not familiar with the WeBWorK system.
1.5.3 Written Submissions.
In accord with McGill Universitys Charter of Students Rights, students in this course have the
right to submit in English or in French any written work that is to be graded; course materials
are normally provided only in English.
Written Assignments.

There will be no Written Assignments in MATH 141 2010 01.13

1.5.4 Quizzes at the Tutorials.

1. There will be 4 quizzes, numbered Q1 , Q2 , Q3 , Q4 , administered at the tutorials. These
quizzes will be graded, and returned. The primary purpose of a quiz is to diagnose
possible gaps in your understanding. In the grading formula the quiz component of
the final grade will be replaced by the final examination grade, if that is to a students
advantage.
2. Students may write a quiz only in the tutorial in which they are registered.
3. Medical absences. If you have missed or expect to miss a quiz for a valid reason (medical or otherwise), please communicate directly with Professor Brown, providing a copy
of the medical or other supporting documents; do not contact your TA. Authorized medical absences can be accommodated only through averaging, as students in MATH 141
are never permitted to write a quiz in any tutorial section other than the one in which
they are registered. We cannot offer makeup sessions for quizzes.
4. To prepare for a quiz you should be working exercises in the textbook based on the material currently under discussion at the lectures, and you should have attempted any open
WeBWorK assignments. But, unlike the WeBWorK assignments where the emphasis is on correct answers alone students may be expected to provide full solutions to
13

While it is not required for grading purposes, students are urged to keep a systematic record of written
solutions to problems in the textbook. This could be in the form of a workbook, or a file folder, but should be
orderly enough that you can look back at a later time to see your solutions. You are invited to bring such a file to
TAs or instructors at their office hours, to receive advice about the quality and correctness of your solutions.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

some or all problems on quizzes.14

The quizzes may examine on only a sampling of topics. Students should not assume that
topics not examined are in any subsidiary parts of the syllabus.
5. Your tutors will normally bring graded quizzes to the tutorial to be returned to you.
University regulations do not permit us to leave unclaimed materials bearing names and
student numbers in unsupervised locations; you may be able to recover an unclaimed
quiz from the tutor who graded it, during her/his regular office hours. Be sure to attend
the tutorial following a quiz15 , as claims of incorrect recording of a quiz or assignment
grade will need to be substantiated by a graded paper.
6. Your quiz grades on assignments and quizzes will be posted on myCourses within about
2 weeks after they become available. Your WeBWorK grades may not be transferred to
myCourses until the end of the term, but will be visible on the WeBWorK site.
1.5.5 Final Examination
A 3-hour-long final examination will be scheduled during the regular examination period for
the winter term (April 15th, 2010 through April 30th, 2010). You are advised not to make any
travel arrangements that would prevent you from being present on campus at any time during
this period.16
1.5.6 Supplemental Assessments
1. Supplemental Examination. There will be a supplemental examination in this course.
(For information about Supplemental Examinations, see
http://www.mcgill.ca/artscisao/departmental/examination/supplemental/.)
2. There is No Additional Work Option. Will students with marks of D, F, or J have the
option of doing additional work to upgrade their mark? No. (Additional Work refers
to an option available in certain Arts and Science courses, but not available in MATH
141 2010 01.)
14

In Math 141 the general rule for quizzes is that full solutions are expected to all problems, unless you receive
explicit instructions to the contrary: ALWAYS SHOW YOUR WORK! The solutions in the Student Solutions
Manual [9] to the textbook can serve as a guide to what should be included in a full solution.
15
The return of Quiz Q1 may be delayed to the 2nd week after the quiz was written.
16
Your instructors learn the date of your examination at the same time as you do when the Provisional
examination timetable is published.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

1.5.7 Machine Scoring: Will the final examination be machine scored?

Multiple-Choice Problems It is possible that the final examination, or part of it, could be
machine scored. Multiple choice problems, possibly machine scored, could also appear on
some quizzes. (Machine grading, if implemented in whole or in part, would be a change from
the practice of past years in this course. Such a change was introduced into the most recent
examination in MATH 140, which included a substantial number of machine-graded multiple
choice questions.)
Answer-Only Problems. Some of the problems on quizzes and/or the final examination
possibly a substantial number of them may request that the answer only be given, and may
not carry part marks which could be based on the work leading up to the answer.
1.5.8 Plagiarism.
While students are not discouraged from discussing methods for solving WeBWorK assignment problems with their colleagues, all work that you submit must be your own. The Senate
of the University requires the following message in all course outlines:
McGill University values academic integrity. Therefore all students must understand the
meaning and consequences of cheating, plagiarism and other academic offences under the
Code of Student Conduct and Disciplinary Procedures. (See http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity
for more information).
Luniversite McGill attache une haute importance a` lhonnetete academique. Il incombe
par consequent a` tous les e tudiants de comprendre ce que lon entend par tricherie, plagiat
et autres infractions academiques, ainsi que les consequences que peuvent avoir de telles
actions, selon le Code de conduite de letudiant et des procedures disciplinaires. (Pour de
plus amples renseignements, veuillez consulter le site http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity).

It is a violation of University regulations to permit others to solve your WeBWorK problems, or to extend such assistance to others; you could be asked
to sign a statement attesting to the originality of your work. The Handbook
on Student Rights and Responsibilities17 states in A.I.15(a) that
No student shall, with intent to deceive, represent the work of another person
as his or her own in any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, project
or assignment submitted in a course or program of study or represent as his or
her own an entire essay or work of another, whether the material so represented
constitutes a part or the entirety of the work submitted.
17

http://upload.mcgill.ca/secretariat/greenbookenglish.pdf

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

10

You are also referred to the following URL:

http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity/studentguide/
Other Fraud. It is a serious offence to alter a graded quiz paper and return it to the tutor
under the pretense that the work was not graded properly.
1.5.9 Corrections to grades
Grades will eventually be posted on myCourses. If you believe a grade has been recorded
incorrectly, you must advise your tutor not later than 4 weeks after the grade has been posted,
and not later than the day before of the final examination whichever of these dates is earlier. It
is hoped that grades will be posted within 2 weeks of the due date. You will have to present the
graded quiz to support your claim, which must be submitted to the tutor that graded the quiz. If
he/she believes there has been an error, the tutor will advise Professor Brown. New corrections
to the myCourses posting will appear the next time grades are uploaded to myCourses.

1.6 Published Materials

1.6.1 Required Text-Book
The textbook for the course is J. Stewart, SINGLE VARIABLE CALCULUS: Early Transcendentals, Sixth Edition, Brooks/Cole (2008), ISBN 0-495-01169-X, [1]. This book is the
first half of J. Stewart, CALCULUS: Early Transcendentals, Sixth Edition, Brooks/Cole
(2008), ISBN 0-495-01166-5, [2]; this edition covers the material for Calculus 3 (MATH 222)
as well, but is not the text-book for that course at the present time. The textbook will be sold
in the McGill Bookstore bundled with its Student Solutions Manual (see below). The ISBN
number for the entire bundle is 0-495-42966-X.
1.6.2 Optional Reference Books
Students are urged to make use of the Student Solution Manual:
D. Anderson, J. A. Cole, D. Drucker, STUDENT SOLUTIONS MANUAL FOR STEWARTS SINGLE VARIABLE CALCULUS: Early Transcendentals, Sixth Edition, Brooks/Cole
(2008), ISBN 0-495-01240-8, [3]. This book is also sold bundled with the text book;
we expect the Bookstore to stock the bundle numbered ISBN 0-495-42966-X [4].
The publishers of the textbook and Student Solutions Manual also produce

UPDATED TO January 6, 2010

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Item
WeBWorK
Assignments
(cf. 1.5.2)
10%

Quizzes
(cf. 1.5.4)
20% or 0%
Final Exam
70% or 90%
Supplemental
Exam
(cf. 1.5.6.1)

#
P0
P1
A1
P2
A2
P3
A3
P4
A4
P5
A5
P6
A6

Due Date

Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4

1822 Jan 10
0812 Feb 10
0812 Mar 10
2226 Mar 10
1530 Apr 10

17 Jan 10
24 Jan 10
31 Jan 10
07 Feb 10
14 Feb 10
21 Feb 10
28 Feb 10
07 Mar 10
14 Mar 10
21 Mar 10
28 Mar 10
05 Apr 10

1819 Aug 10

11

Details
DOES NOT COUNT: introduces WeBWorK
DOES NOT COUNT; practice for A1
DOES NOT COUNT; practice for A2
DOES NOT COUNT; practice for A3
DOES NOT COUNT; practice for A4
DOES NOT COUNT; practice for A5
DOES NOT COUNT; practice for A6
A1 A6 count equally, but may have different numbers of problems.
Quizzes Q1 Q4 count equally, but
the quizzes may be of different lengths.

Date of exam to be announced by Faculty

Only for students who do not obtain standing at the
final. Supplemental exams count in your average
like taking the course again; exam counts for 100%.

Table 3: Summary of Course Requirements, as of January 6, 2010; (all dates are subject to
change)

a Study Guide, designed to provide additional help for students who believe they
require it: R. St. Andre, STUDY GUIDE FOR STEWARTS SINGLE VARIABLE
CALCULUS: Early Transcendentals, Sixth Edition, Brooks/Cole (2008), ISBN 0495-01239-4, [5]. (The Study Guide resembles the Student Solution Manual in appearance: be sure you know what you are buying.)
a Companion which integrates a review of pre-calculus concepts with the contents
of Math 140, including exercises with solutions: D. Ebersole, D. Schattschneider, A.
Sevilla, K. Somers, A COMPANION TO CALCULUS. Brooks/Cole (1995), ISBN 0534-26592-8 [39].

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

12

1.6.3 Recommended Video Materials

Use of the following materials is recommended, but is not mandatory18 .
Text-specific DVDs for Stewarts Calculus, early transcendentals, 6th edition [videorecording]. The publisher of Stewarts Calculus has produced a series of videodisks, [?]. These will
initially be available for reserve loan at the Schulich Library. There may not be DVD viewing
equipment freely available in the library; the intention is that interested students borrow disks
for viewing on their own equipment at home. Disk 1 covers Chapters 1-6 of the textbook.
Videotapes for Stewarts Calculus The publisher of Stewarts Calculus had earlier produced a series of videotapes, [14] Video Outline for Stewarts Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. These will be available for reserve loan at the Schulich Library. There may
not be VCR viewing equipment in the library; the intention is that interested students borrow
a tape for viewing on their own equipment at home.
Larson/Hostetler/Edwards DVD Disks A set of video DVD disks produced for another
calculus book, [28] Calculus Instructional DVD Program, for use with (inter alia) Larson /
Hostetler / Edwards, Calculus of a Single Variable: Early Transcendental Functions, Third
Edition [29] is produced by the Houghton Mifflin Company. A copy has been requested to be
placed on reserve in the Schulich Library. In Appendix H of these notes there are charts that
indicate the contents of these disks that pertain to MATH 141.
Interactive Video Skillbuilder CD for Stewarts Calculus: Early Transcendentals, 6th
Edition, (similar to [15]) 19 This CD-ROM is included with certain new copies of the textbook. It contains, after an enlightening pep-talk by the author, a discussion of some of the
worked examples in the text-book, followed by a quiz for each section in the book. Some students may find the animations of the examples helpful, although the examples are all worked
in the book. You might wish to try some of the quiz questions using paper and pencil, and
then check your answers with those given on the CD. It is not recommended that you attempt
to enter your answers digitally, as this is a time-consuming process, and uses a different input
method from your WeBWorK assignments, which serve the same purpose.
18

No one will check whether you have used any of these aids; a student can obtain a perfect grade in the course
without ever consulting any of them. No audio-visual or calculator aid can replace the systematic use of paper
and pencil as you work your way through problems. But the intelligent use of some of these aids can deepen your
understanding of the subject. However, the most important aid is the Student Solutions Manual to the textbook!
19
The version of this CD-ROM for the 6th edition is being catalogued by the Library; it may not be available
at the beginning of the term.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

13

1.6.4 Other Calculus Textbooks

While students may wish to consult other textbooks, instructors and teaching assistants in
Math 141 will normally refer only to the prescribed edition of the prescribed textbook for the
course. Other books can be very useful, but the onus is on you to ensure that your book covers
the syllabus to at least the required depth; where there are differences of terminology, you are
expected to be familiar with the terminology of the textbook.20
In your previous calculus course(s) you may have learned methods of solving problems that
appear to differ from those you find in the current textbook. Your instructors will be pleased
to discuss any such methods with you personally, to ascertain whether they are appropriate to
the present course. In particular, any methods that depend upon the use of a calculator, or the
plotting of multiple points, or the tabulation of function values, or the inference of a trend from
a graph should be regarded with scepticism.
1.6.5 Website
These notes, and other materials distributed to students in this course, will be accessible
through a link on the myCourses page for the course, as well as at the following URL:
http://www.math.mcgill.ca/brown/math141b.html
The notes will be in pdf (.pdf) form, and can be read using the Adobe Acrobat reader, which
many users have on their computers. This free software may be downloaded from the following
URL:
http://www.adobe.com/prodindex/acrobat/readstep.html 21
The questions on some old examinations will also be available as an appendix to these notes
on the Web.22
Where revisions are made to distributed printed materials for example these information
sheets we expect that the last version will be posted on the Web.
The notes and WeBWorK will also be available via a link from the myCourses (WebCT)
URL:
http://mycourses.mcgill.ca
20

There should be multiple copies of the textbook on reserve in the Schulich library.
At the time of this writing the current version appears to be 8.n.
22
There is no reason to expect the distribution of problems on quizzes or in assignments and examinations from
previous years be related to the frequencies of any types of problems on the examination that you will be writing
at the end of the term.
21

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

14

1.7 Syllabus
Section numbers in the following list refer to the text-book [1]. The syllabus will include all
of Chapters 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11 with omissions, as listed below.23
Chapter 5: Integrals. 5.1 5.5. The Midpoint Rule, defined in 5.2, and appearing from
time to time subsequently, is not examination material.
Chapter 6: Applications of Integration. 6.1 6.3; 6.5. (6.4 is not examination material, but Science students are urged to read it.)
Chapter 7: Techniques of Integration. 7.1 7.3; 7.4, excluding the Weierstrass substitution [1, Exercises 57-61]; 7.5 7.8. (7.6, intended for use in conjunction with integral
tables and/or computer algebra systems, is not examination material, but students are
advised to try to solve the problems manually; 7.7 requires the use of a calculator or a
computer, and consequently is not examination material.)
Chapter 8: Further Applications of Integration. 8.1, 8.2 only. (8.3, 8.4 are not examination material, but students are urged to read the applications relevant to their course
of study; 8.5 is not examination material.)
Chapter 9: Differential Equations. (No part of this chapter is examination material; however, students are urged to read 9.4 Exponential Growth and Decay).
Chapter 10: Parametric Equations and Polar Coordinates. 10.1 10.4.
(10.5, 10.6 are not examination material.
Chapter 11. Infinite Sequences and Series. 11.1 11.7. (11.811.12 are not examination material; however, students are urged to peruse these sections.)
Appendices Appendix G contains material shifted from [22, 5.6]. Students are expected to
know the properties themselves, as they were discussed in MATH 139 and MATH 140.
After the class has studied Chapter 5, the definition of the natural logarithm ln x will
Zx
dt
.
thenceforth be taken to be that given in the Appendix, as
t
0
23

If a textbook section is listed below, you should assume that all material in that section is examination
material even if the instructor has not discussed every topic in his lectures; however, the instructors may give you
information during the term concerning topics that may be considered subsidiary.
Do not assume that a topic is omitted from the syllabus if it has not been tested in a WeBWorK assignment or a quiz, or if it has not appeared on any of the old examinations in the course! Some topics to not lend
themselves to this type of testing; others may have been omitted simply because of lack of space, or oversight.
By the same token, you need not expect every topic in the course to be examined on the final examination.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

15

Please do not ask the tutors to provide information as to which textbook sections should be
emphasized. Unless you are informed otherwise by the instructors in the lecture sections or
published notes printed, or mounted on the Web you should assume that all materials
listed are included in the syllabus. You are not expected to be able to reproduce proofs of the
theorems in the textbook. However, you could be expected to solve problems in which there
might be unspecific real variables, rather than specific numbers, and which problems might
look like textbook theorems.24

1.8 Preparation and Workload

1.8.1 Prerequisites.
It is your responsibility as a student to verify that you have the necessary prerequisite. It would
be foolish25 to attempt to take the course without it.
Students who obtained only a grade of C in MATH 139 or MATH 140 would be advised
to make a special effort to reinforce their foundations in differential calculus; if weakness
in MATH 139 or MATH 140 was a consequence of poor preparation for that course, it is
not too late to strengthen those foundations as well.26 The fact that MINERVA may permit
you to register does not relieve you from the responsibility to observe university regulations
concerning prerequisites, and exposes you to the risk of failure in a course for which you
are nor properly prepared; students with an F in MATH 139 or MATH 140 could have their
registration in MATH 141 annulled. The regulations are in place to protect you!
1.8.2 Calculators
The use of calculators is not permitted in either quizzes or the examination in this course.
Students whose previous mathematics courses have been calculator-oriented would be advised
to make particular efforts to avoid the use of a calculator in solving problems in this course,
in order to develop a minimal facility in manual calculation. This means that you are urged to
do all arithmetic by hand. Students who use calculators when they answer their WeBWorK
problems are undermining the usefulness of the programme to themselves: learn to use the
built-in calculation capabilities that are present in WeBWorK.
24

The intention is that you should be learning how to solve problems, but should not have to memorize whole
proofs from the textbook.
25
and contrary to McGill regulations
26
The reality of inflated grading at McGill or at your previous institution must not be overlooked: it could
happen that students who obtained a grade higher than C in the prerequisite course do not have adequate
skills to succeed in MATH 141! The onus is on you to seek help and to take remedial actions where necessary.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

16

1.8.3 Self-Supervision
This is not a high-school course, and McGill is not a high school. The monitoring of your
progress before the final examination is largely your own responsibility. Students must not
assume that they will be exposed in lectures and tutorials to detailed model solutions for every
type of Calculus 2 problem. It is essential that you supplement these classes with serious work
on your own, carefully reading the textbook and solving problems therein.
While the tutors and instructors are available to help you, they cannot do so unless and until
you identify the need for help. WeBWorK and quizzes are designed to assist you in doing this.
If you encounter difficulties, take them to the tutors during one of their many office hours: you
may attend the office hours of any tutor in the course, and are not restricted to those of the tutor
of the tutorial in which you are registered.
Time Demands of your Other Courses. Be sure to budget enough time to attend lectures
and tutorials, for private study, and for the solution of many problems. Dont be tempted to
divert calculus study time to courses which offer instant gratification. While the significance of
the tutorial quizzes in the computation of your grade is minimal, these are important learning
experiences, and can assist you in gauging your progress in the course. This is not a course
that can be crammed for: you must work steadily through the term if you wish to develop the
facilities needed for a strong performance on the final examination.
Lecture Times, and Preparation for the Lectures The lecture sections in MATH 141 2010
01 meet at the times that have been made available to us: early in the morning, or late in
the afternoon. While these times may not appeal to you, you should not underestimate the
damage you do to your expectations in the course by missing lectures, either occasionally
when you find it convenient to divert calculus time to other purposes or systematically. To
extract maximum benefit from the lectures, you should peruse the scheduled material before
coming to class, trying some of the textbook problems; your instructors invite you to draw
their attention to specific difficulties that you encounter before class in the textbook it may
be possible to respond to these difficulties during the lecture.
Working Problems on Your Own. An effective way to master the calculus is through working large numbers of problems from the textbook. Your textbook was selected partly because
of the availability of an excellent Student Solutions Manual [9]; this manual has brief but complete solutions to most of the odd-numbered exercises in the textbook. The skills you acquire
in solving textbook problems could have much more influence on your final grade than either
WeBWorK or the quizzes.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

17

When to do the WeBWorK assignment. I recommend that you defer working WeBWorK
problems until you have tried some of the easier odd-numbered problems in the textbook. For
these you (should) have the Student Solutions Manual to help you check your work. Once
you know that you have the basic concepts mastered, then is a good time to start working
WeBWorK problems. But these should be done first from a printed copy of your assignment
not worked during real time online.
The real uses of WeBWorK and the quizzes. Students often misunderstand the true significance of WeBWorK assignments and the quizzes. While both contribute to your grade, they
can help you estimate the quality of your progress in the course. Quizzes are administered under examination conditions, so poor performance or non-performance on quizzes can provide
an indicator of your expectations at the final examination; take proper remedial action if you
are obtaining low grades on quizzes27 . Since WeBWorK is not completed under examination
conditions, the grades you obtain may not be a good indicator of your expectations on the examination; if you require many attempts before being able to solve a problem on WeBWorK,
you should use that information to direct you to areas requiring extra study: the WeBWorK
grades themselves have little predictive use, unless they are unusually low. However, while
both WeBWorK and the quizzes have a role to play in learning the calculus, neither is as important as reading your textbook, working problems yourself, and attending and listening at
lectures and tutorials.
What to strive for on WeBWorK assignments. Since the practice assignments give you
ample opportunity to experiment, your success rate on the assignments that count should be
close to 100%. If you are needing more than 2 attempts to solve a WeBWorK problem, then
you are probably not ready to work the assignment. In order to be able to solve a WeBWorK
problem successfully on the first attempt you will need to check your work, and this is a skill
that you will need on the final examination, and in the advanced studies or the real world where
you may eventually be applying the calculus.
1.8.4 Escape Routes
At any time, even after the last date for dropping the course, students who are experiencing
medical or personal difficulties should not hesitate to consult their advisors or the Student
Affairs office of their faculty. Dont allow yourself to be overwhelmed by such problems; the
University has resource persons who may be able to help you.
27

The worst action is to miss the quizzes, and thereby block out an unwelcome message.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

18

1.8.5 Terminology
Do not be surprised if your instructors and tutors use different terminology from what you
have heard in your previous calculus course, particularly if that course was at a high school.
Sometimes the differences are purely due to different traditions in the professions.
Negative x Your instructors and tutors will often read a formula x as minus x, not as
negative x. To a mathematician the term negative refers to real numbers which are not squares,
i.e. which are less than 0, and x can be positive if x itself is negative.
However, mathematicians will sometimes refer to the operation of changing a sign as the
replacement of x by its negative; this is not entirely consistent with the usual practice, but is
an abuse of language that has crept into the professional jargon.
Inverse trigonometric functions A formula like sin1 x will be read as the inverse sine of
x never as sine to the minus 1 or sine to the negative 1. However, if we write sinn x,
where n is a positive integer, it will always mean (sin x)n . These conventions apply to any of
the functions sin, cos, tan, cot, sec, csc; they also apply to the hyperbolic functions, which we
have met on general functions, so a formula like f 2 (x) does not have an obvious meaning, and
we will avoid writing it when f is other than a trigonometric or hyperbolic function.
Logarithms Mathematicians these days rarely use logarithms to base 10. If you were taught
to interpret log x as being the logarithm to base 10, you should now forget that although it
could be the labelling convention of your calculator. Most often, if your instructor speaks of a
logarithm, and writes log x, he will be referring to the base e, i.e. to loge ; that is, he is referring
to the function that calculus books call ln. When a logarithm to some other base is intended,
it will either be denoted by an explicit subscript, as log2 , or some comment will be made at
the beginning of the discussion, as all logarithms in this discussion are to the base 2. Your
instructors try to think like mathematicians even when lecturing to their classes, and so we use
the language and terminology we use when talking to each other.

1.9 Communication with Instructors and TAs

1. E-mail messages to your instructor or your TA should be sent to the addresses shown in
Table 1.2 and Table 2. Please show your full name and/or student number, so that we
can clearly identify you.
2. The only messages sent through WeBWorK should be those generated by the Feedback
facility: this means a message that refers to a specific problem on a specific WeBWorK

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

19

assignment, generated by clicking on the Feedback button while you are working that
problem, and after you have entered your proposed answer(s) into the answer box(es).28
3. Please do not send instructors messages using the Mail facility of myCourses. This
facility is difficult for instructors to use, since it is not integrated with the other mail
services. We normally disable myCourses mail for that reason. If you had a need to send
a message while you are connected to myCourses, just open another window and send a
message with your regular e-mail client.
4. Keep your e-mail address up to date Both myCourses and WeBWorK contain an email address where we may assume you can be reached. If you prefer to use another
e-mail address, the most convenient way is to forward your mail from your student
mailbox, leaving the recorded addresses in these two systems unchanged.

1.10 Commercial tutorial and exam preparation services

We do not endorse any commercial tutorial service, nor any service that claims to prepare students to write examinations. We have no way of evaluating the quality of any such operations,
nor whether they are conforming to the Universitys general practices. Caveat emptor!

28

This facility should be used sparingly; you should not expect instant response, so questions sent close to the
due time on the due date will not likely receive a reply before the assignment becomes due.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

20

1.11 Special Office Hours and Tutorials

The following chart will show any special activities that are scheduled during the term. This
table was last updated on December 28th, 2009 TO BE UPDATED.
Review Tutorial

UPDATED TO January 6, 2010

TA/Instructor

location

Date Time

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

201

2 References
2.1 Stewart Calculus Series
[1] J. Stewart, Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Sixth Edition. Thomson *
Brooks/Cole (2008). ISBN 0-495-01169-X.
[2] J. Stewart, Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Sixth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole
(2008). ISBN 0-495-01166-5.
[3] D. Anderson, J. A. Cole, D. Drucker, Student Solutions Manual for Stewarts Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Sixth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole
(2008). ISBN 0-495-01240-8.
[4] J. Stewart, Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Sixth Edition. Thomson *
Brooks/Cole (2008); bundled with Student Solutions Manual for Stewarts Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Sixth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2008).
ISBN 0-495-42966-X.
[5] R. St. Andre, Study Guide for Stewarts Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Sixth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2008). ISBN 0-495-01239-4.
[6] J. Stewart, Multivariable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Sixth Edition. Thomson *
Brooks/Cole (2008). ISBN 0-495-?????-?.
[7] J. Stewart, Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson *
Brooks/Cole (2003). ISBN 0-534-39330-6.
[8] J. Stewart, Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole
(2003). ISBN 0-534-39321-7.
[9] D. Anderson, J. A. Cole, D. Drucker, Student Solutions Manual for Stewarts Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole
(2003). ISBN 0-534-39333-0.
[10] J. Stewart, Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson *
Brooks/Cole (2003); bundled with Student Solutions Manual for Stewarts Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2003).
ISBN 0-17-6425411.
[11] J. Stewart, Single Variable Essential Calculus (Early Transcendentals). Thomson *
Brooks/Cole (2006). Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2003). ISBN 0-495-10957-6.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

202

[12] J. Stewart, Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole

(2003); bundled with Student Solutions Manual for Stewarts Single Variable Calculus
(Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2003). ISBN 0-53410307-3.
[13] R. St. Andre, Study Guide for Stewarts Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2003). ISBN 0-534-39331-4.
[14] Video Outline for Stewarts Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fifth Edition. Thomson
* Brooks/Cole (2003). ISBN 0-534-39325-X. 17 VCR tapes.
[15] Interactive Video Skillbuilder CD for Stewarts Calculus: Early Transcendentals, 5th
Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2003). ISBN 0-534-39326-8.
[16] H. Keynes, J. Stewart, D. Clegg, Tools for Enriching Calculus, CD to accompany [7]
and [8]. Thomson * Brooks/Cole (2003). ISBN 0-534-39731-X.
[17] J. Stewart, Single Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fourth Edition.
Brooks/Cole (1999). ISBN 0-534-35563-3.
[18] J. Stewart, Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fourth Edition. Brooks/Cole (1999). ISBN
0-534-36298-2.
[19] D. Anderson, J. A. Cole, D. Drucker, Student Solutions Manual for Stewarts Single
Variable Calculus (Early Transcendentals), Fourth Edition. Brooks/Cole (1999). ISBN
0-534-36301-6.
[20] J. Stewart, L. Redlin, S. Watson, Precalculus: Mathematics for Calculus, Enhanced
Review Edition. Thomson * Brooks/Cole. (2006). ISBN: 0-495-39276-6.
[21] J. Stewart, Trigonometry for Calculus. Thomson * Brooks/Cole. ISBN: 0-17-641227-1.

2.2 Other Calculus Textbooks

2.2.1 R. A. Adams
[22] R. A. Adams, Calculus, Single Variable, Fifth Edition. Addison, Wesley, Longman,
Toronto (2003). ISBN 0-201-79805-0.
[23] R. A. Adams, Calculus of Several Variables, Fifth Edition. Addison, Wesley, Longman,
Toronto (2003). ISBN 0-201-79802-6.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

203

[24] R. A. Adams, Calculus: A Complete Course, Fifth Edition. Addison, Wesley, Longman,
Toronto (2003). ISBN 0-201-79131-5.
[25] R. A. Adams, Student Solution Manual for Adams, Calculus: A Complete Course, Fifth
Edition. Addison, Wesley, Longman, Toronto (2003). ISBN 0-201-79803-4.
[26] R. A. Adams, Calculus: A Complete Course, with Solution Manual, Fifth Edition. Addison, Wesley, Longman, Toronto (2003). ISBN 0-131-30565-4.
[27] R. A. Adams, Calculus: A Complete Course Manual, Sixth Edition. Addison, Wesley,
Longman, Toronto (2006). ISBN 0-321-27000-2.
2.2.2 Larson, Hostetler, et al.
[28] Calculus Instructional DVD Program, for use with (inter alia) Larson/Hostetler/Edwards, Calculus of a Single Variable: Early Transcendental Functions,
Third Edition [29]. Houghton Mifflin (2003). ISBN 0-618-25097-2.
[29] R. Larson, R. P. Hostetler, B. H. Edwards, D. E. Heyd, Calculus, Early Transcendental Functions, Third Edition. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston (2003). ISBN 0-61822307-X.
2.2.3 Edwards and Penney
[30] C. H. Edwards, Jr., and D. E. Penney, Single Variable Calculus, Early Transcendentals,
Sixth Edition. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ (2002). ISBN 0-13-041407-7.
[31] C. H. Edwards, Jr., and D. E. Penney, Calculus with Analytic Geometry, Early Transcendentals Version, Fifth Edition. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ (1997). ISBN
0-13-793076-3.
[32] C. H. Edwards, Jr., and D. E. Penney, Student Solutions Manual for Calculus with Analytic Geometry, Early Transcendentals Version, Fifth Edition. Prentice Hall, Englewood
Cliffs, NJ (1997). ISBN 0-13-079875-4.
[33] C. H. Edwards, Jr., and D. E. Penney, Single Variable Calculus with Analytic Geometry, Early Transcendentals Version, Fifth Edition. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ
(1997). ISBN 0-13-793092-5.
[34] C. H. Edwards, Jr., and D. E. Penney, Student Solutions Manual for Single Variable
Calculus with Analytic Geometry, Early Transcendentals Version, Fifth Edition. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ (1997). ISBN 0-13-095247-1.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

204

2.2.4 Others, not Early Transcendentals

[35] G. H. Hardy, A Course of Pure Mathematics, 10th edition. Cambridge University Press
(1967).
[36] H. S. Hall, S. R. Knight, Elementary Trigonometry, Fourth Edition. Macmillan and
Company, London (1905).
[37] S. L. Salas, E. Hille, G. J. Etgen, Calculus, One and Several Variables, 10th Edition.
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2007). ISBN 0471-69804-0.

2.3 Other References

[38] G. N. Berman, A Problem Book in Mathematical Analysis. Mir Publishers, Moscow,
(1975) 1977
[39] D. Ebersole, D. Schattschneider, A. Sevilla, K. Somers, A Companion to Calculus.
Brooks/Cole (1995). ISBN 0-534-26592-8.
[40] McGill Undergraduate Programs Calendar 2009/2010. Also accessible
http://coursecalendar.mcgill.ca/ug200910/wwhelp/wwhimpl/js/html/wwhelp.htm

at

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

1001

A Timetable for Lecture Section 001 of MATH 141 2010 01

Distribution Date: Monday, January 04th, 2010
(Updated on January 06th, 2010. Subject to further correction and change.)
Section numbers refer to the text-book.
MONDAY
04
11
18

25
01
08
15

22

WEDNESDAY
JANUARY

FRIDAY

06 5.1, 5.2
08 5.3, 5.4
Tutorials begin week of January 11th, 2010
5.4, 5.5
13 5.5
15 6.1
Course changes must be completed on MINERVA by Tuesday, Jan. 19, 2010
6.2 Q1
20 6.2, 6.3 Q1
22 6.3 Q1
WeBWorK Assignment A1 due Jan. 24, 2010
Deadline for withdrawal with fee refund = Jan. 24, 2010
Verification Period: January 25 29, 2010
6.5 A1
27 6.5, 7.1
29 7.1
FEBRUARY
7.2
03 7.2, 7.3
05 7.3
WeBWorK Assignment A2 due Feb. 07, 2010
7.3, 7.4 Q2 A2
10 7.4 Q2
12 7.5, 7.8 Q2
Deadline for web withdrawal (with W) from course via MINERVA = Feb. 14, 2010
7.8
17 8.1, 8.2
19 8.2
Study Break: February 21 27, 2010
No lectures, no regular office hours, no regular tutorials!
WeBWorK Assignment A3 due Feb. 21, 2010
NO LECTURE, NO TU- 24 NO LECTURE, NO TU- 26 NO LECTURE, NO TU5.1, 5.2

TORIALS A3

Notation: An
Qn
X

TORIALS

TORIALS

= Regular WeBWorK Assignment An due about 23:30 hours

on the Sunday preceding this Monday
= Quiz Qn will be administered at the tutorials this week.
= reserved for eXpansion or review

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

1002

Section numbers refer to the text-book.

MONDAY
01
08
15
22
29

05
12

WEDNESDAY
MARCH

FRIDAY

03 10.3
05 10.3, 10.4
WeBWorK Assignment A4 due Mar. 07, 2010
10.4 A4
10 11.1, 11.2
12 11.2
11.3 Q3
17 11.4 Q3
19 11.4, 11.5 Q3
WeBWorK Assignment A5 due Monday, Mar. 21, 2010
11.5 A5
24 11.6
26 11.6
11.7 Q4
31 X Q4
APRIL
02 NO LECTURE Q4
This weeks tutorials are the last.
WeBWorK Assignment A6 due Apr. 04, 2010
NO LECTURE
08 X
10 X
X
14 X
10.1,10.2

Notation: An
Qn
X

= Regular WeBWorK Assignment An due about 23:30 hours

on the Sunday preceding this Monday
= Quiz Qn will be administered at the tutorials this week.
= reserved for eXpansion or review

Information for Students in Lecture Section 002 of MATH 141 2010 01

2001

B Timetable for Lecture Section 002 of MATH 141 2009 01

Distribution Date: Monday, January 04th, 2010
(Subject to further correction and change.)
Section numbers refer to the text-book.
MONDAY
04
11
18

25
01
08
15

22

WEDNESDAY
JANUARY

FRIDAY

06 5.3
08 5.4
Tutorials begin week of January 11th, 2010
5.4, 5.5
13 5.5
15 6.1
Course changes must be completed on MINERVA by Tuesday, Jan. 19, 2010
6.2 Q1
20 6.2, 6.3 Q1
22 6.3 Q1
WeBWorK Assignment A1 due Jan. 24, 2010
Deadline for withdrawal with fee refund = Jan. 24, 2010
Verification Period: January 25 29, 2010
6.5 A1
27 6.5, 7.1
29 7.1
FEBRUARY
7.2
03 7.2, 7.3
05 7.3
WeBWorK Assignment A2 due Feb. 07, 2010
7.3, 7.4 Q2 A2
10 7.4 Q2
12 7.5, 7.8 Q2
Deadline for web withdrawal (with W) from course via MINERVA = Feb. 14, 2010
7.8
17 8.1, 8.2
19 8.2
Study Break: February 21 27, 2010
No lectures, no regular office hours, no regular tutorials!
WeBWorK Assignment A3 due Feb. 21, 2010
NO LECTURE, NO TU- 24 NO LECTURE, NO TU- 26 NO LECTURE, NO TU5.1, 5.2

TORIALS A3

Notation: An
Qn
X

TORIALS

TORIALS

= Regular WeBWorK Assignment An due about 23:30 hours

on the Sunday preceding this Monday
= Quiz Qn will be administered at the tutorials this week.
= reserved for eXpansion or review

Information for Students in Lecture Section 002 of MATH 141 2010 01

2002

Section numbers refer to the text-book.

MONDAY
01
08
15
22
29

05
12

WEDNESDAY
MARCH

FRIDAY

03 10.3
05 10.3, 10.4
WeBWorK Assignment A4 due Mar. 07, 2010
10.4 A4
10 11.1, 11.2
12 11.2
11.3 Q3
17 11.4 Q3
19 11.4, 11.5 Q3
WeBWorK Assignment A5 due Monday, Mar. 21, 2010
11.5 A5
24 11.6
26 11.6
11.7 Q4
31 X Q4
APRIL
02 NO LECTURE Q4
This weeks tutorials are the last.
WeBWorK Assignment A6 due Apr. 04, 2010
NO LECTURE
08 X
10 X
X
14 X
10.1,10.2

Notation: An
Qn
X

= Regular WeBWorK Assignment An due about 23:30 hours

on the Sunday preceding this Monday
= Quiz Qn will be administered at the tutorials this week.
= reserved for eXpansion or review

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3001

C Supplementary Notes for Students in Section 001 of MATH

141 2010 01
C.1 Lecture style in Lecture Section 001
Lecture content. The timetable on pages 1001, 1002 will show you approximately what I
plan to discuss at each lecture. I suggest that you look through the material in advance. If
you have time to try some of the exercises, and find some that cause you difficulty, you are
welcome to bring them to my attention; perhaps I may be able to work some of these examples
into the lecture.
What goes on the chalkboard? Should I take notes? I believe strongly that students
should not sit in the lecture feverishly copying notes for fear of missing some essential topic;
in this course most of what you need to know is contained in the textbook. You should take
notes, but you should be trying to think at the same time. The chalkboard will be used for
statement/illustration of specific definitions and theorems
sketching solutions to problems, or classes of problems
a scratchpad
Some of this material will be useful to you in learning the material in the course. Even when
the material on the board is equivalent to something in your textbook, the act of writing may
help you remember it. But much of the material will be restatements of your textbook, so you
should normally not panic if you miss something.
Graphs My emphasis is on qualitative properties of the graphs of functions, but not on the
production of extremely precise graphs. You can expect to see me draw on the chalkboard
sketches that are extremely crude approximations of functions, sometimes even caricatures
of the true graph. Mathematicians do not base proofs on sketches of graphs the role of a
sketch is usually only to assist the reader to visualize the verbal or symbolic reasoning which
accompanies it. Sometimes a graph is used help one discover a phenomenon, but the result
would not be acceptable to a mathematician unless it could be proved in a non-graphical way.29
These supplementary notes Section and paragraph headings follow the order of topics in
the textbook. While some of the comments or explanations may be helpful in understanding the
book, the notes are not required reading for examination purposes. Sometimes it may happen
that the discussion of a topic or an exercise evolves during the lecture into one which requires
29

This is why I usually avoid problems in the textbook that appear to be drawing inferences from graphs.

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3002

more detail than is practical to write on the chalkboard. In such cases you may be referred
at the following lecture to supplementary material that will be contained in the notes placed
on the Web. Such evolutions are spontaneous and not planned, and cannot be announced in
advance.
Timing and corrections The notes will usually not be posted until after the lecture. While
I do try to check the notes before posting them, there will inevitably be errors: if you see
something that doesnt look right, please ask. The notes will be progressively corrected as
misprints and other errors are discovered.

C.2 Supplementary Notes for the Lecture of January 04th, 2010

Release Date: January 04th, 2010,
subject to revision

Textbook Chapter 5. INTEGRALS.

(There will be examples, etc., in these notes that were not discussed specifically at the lecture,
because of time constraints.)
C.2.1

5.1 Areas and Distances.

When, in [1, 2.1], the textbook was motivating the differential calculus, it presented two applications: The Tangent Problem, which was geometric; and The Velocity Problem, which
was physical. Now, in motivating the integral calculus, the author presents two analogous
problems: The Area Problem, which is geometric; and The Distance Problem, which is
physical.
The Area Problem. The textbook discusses approximation of the area under the graph of
y = f (x) between x = a and x = b more precisely, the area between the graph, the x-axis,
and the vertical lines x = a and x = b, as a limit of a sum of areas of narrow vertical rectangles.
The approximation is first motivated with simple functions where the area can be bounded
above and below by easily computable sums, which together converge to the same value as
their number approaches and their width approaches 0. You should become comfortable
using the sigma notation, where, for integers n1 and n2 with n1 n2 , we write
n2
X
f (i)
i=n1

to mean the sum f (n1 ) + f (n1 + 1) + f (n1 + 2) + . . . + f (n2 ) . The textbook then proposes the
following definition of the area between the graph of a function, two vertical lines, and the
x-axis:

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3003

Definition C.1 (Preliminary) Let f be a function which is continuous on the interval [a, b].
The area of the region bounded by the graph of f , the x-axis, and the vertical lines x = a
and x = b (where a b) is the limit of a sum of the areas of rectangles hanging from the
graph, as follows: subdivide the interval [a, b] into n smaller intervals by points x1 , x2 , . . . , xn1 ,
where x1 < x2 < . . . < xn1 , and, for convenience, we define x0 = a, xn = b; select points xi
n
X

f xi (xi xi1 ).
(i = 1, . . . , n) such that xi xi+1
xi+1 , and consider the sum Rn =
i=1

(This definition is preliminary in that we havent yet argued that such a limit need exist.
This is not the type of limit of a function of one variable studied in MATH 140. We
also need to clarify what restrictions hold for the points x1 , x2 , . . . xn1 , and how we select the
points x1 , x2 , . . . xn .)
Example C.1 (cf. [1, Example 5.1.2, p. 357]) Let a and b be non-negative real numbers, and
consider the area under the parabola y = x2 between the vertical lines x = a, x = b, and above
the line y = 0.
1. Lets first consider the special case where the left side of the region is along the y=axis,
i.e., where a = 0. From this special case we will be able to derive the general solution.
b0
2. Divide the interval [0, b] into n intervals of equal width
; thus the points x1 , x2 , . . .
n
b0
are chosen to be xi =
i (i = 1, 2, . . . , n). For the sample points xi , lets consider
n
the points at the right end of each of the subintervals: so xi = xi (i = 1, 2, . . . , n). Then
!2
!
!!
n
X
b0
b0
b0
Rn =
i
i
(i 1)
(1)
n
n
n
i=1
b
.
n
The first factor is squared because we are evaluating the function f (x) = x2 at the point
b0
i. In order to evaluate this sum we need to know the sum of the squares of the
n
first n positive integers (=natural numbers). If you didnt learn this in high school, here
it is:
n
X
n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
.
(2)
i2 =
6
i=1
where the second factor is simply the common length of all the subintervals, i.e.,

We wont be able to prove this formula here: a proof requires use of a tool like Mathematical Induction, which we are omitting from the syllabus. Applying (2) to (1) yields
!
3 1
n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
2+ + 2
n n
6
3
3
=b
.
Rn = b
3
6
n

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

As n is permitted to become arbitrarily large positively, Rn

3004

b3
.
3

a3
3. If the region starts at the origin and extends to the line x = a, then the area will be .
3
So, if the region we wish to study starts at the line x = a, and ends at the line x = b,
b3 a3
where b a, we need only subtract one of these areas from the other, obtaining
.
3

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3005

C.3 Supplementary Notes for the Lecture of January 06th, 2010

Release Date: January 06th, 2010,
subject to revision
C.3.1

5.1 Areas and Distances (conclusion).

The Distance Problem. Here the textbook considers what appears to be a different type
of problem, and shows that the solution is the same type of sum met in the Area Problem
above. In this case the problem is to determine the distance travelled by a particle moving so
that its velocity at time t is a given function f (t). It will be seen that the distance can again be
interpreted as a limit of a sum the same sum that would be seen if we attempted to determine
the area in the xt-plane under the graph x = f (t).
dx
If a particle is known to be moving along the x-axis at a velocity of v(t) = x0 (t) =
(t)
dt
cm/s, how much distance is traversed between time t = a and time t = b? If, by distance, we
mean displacement or signed distance, where movement to the right counts positively, and
to the left negatively30 , then the distance is x(b) x(a); we shall see that this can be interpreted
d
as the area under the graph y = x(t) between x = a and x = b, which we will be denoting
dt
Zb
d
by
x(t) dt . When it is intended to consider all motion as non-negative the way the
dt
a

odometer of an automobile measures distance, then we would want to find the area under the
graph not of the velocity, v(t) = x0 (t), but of the speed, |v(t)| = |x0 (t)|, and the distance travelled
would be
Z b 
Z b

d

0
 x(t) dt .
|v (t)| dt =
a dt
a
But in practice the word distance is often used with either meaning, so care is required.
I have shown that the area under the graph of the velocity represents the directed distance travelled by the moving particle. But we expressed the velocity as the derivative of the
displacement of the particle relative to some fixed origin; and the distance travelled can be
expressed as the difference between two values of the displacement. This is a special case of
the Fundamental Theorem of the (Integral) Calculus, which will be introduced below.
5.1 Exercises
30
Note that, with this definition, a particle that moves around and then returns to the same point will have
travelled a distance of 0.

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3006

[1, Exercise 20, p. 365] Determine a region whose area is equal to the limit
lim

n
X
2
i=1

2i
5+
n
n

!10
.

Do not evaluate the limit at this time.

Solution: Take the widths of the approximating rectangles to be constant,
4x =

2
;
n

then n of these constant widths would span a distance of length 2. The limit can be
n
P
seen to be lim 4x (5 + i4x)10 . The rectangles could be interpreted, for example,
n

i=1

as hanging by their upper right hand corners from the curve y = (5 + x)10 above
11
11
the interval 0 x 2. (Later in the course we shall see that the area is (5+2)11 5 =
1,928,498,618
.)
11
In the lecture I mentioned that the area of this region could be represented in other ways,
for example, by hanging the component rectangular elements by their left upper corner
!10
n
X
2
2(i 1)
from the graph. In that case the sum could have been written as lim
5+
;
n
n
n
i=1
!10
n1
X
2
2i
5+
.
or, alternatively, as lim
n
n
n
i=0
The original limit sum, or the limits of either of the latter sums, could also be interpreted
as being the area under the graph of f (x) = x10 between x = 5 and x = 7. The transition
from this interpretation to the earlier one is represented by moving the location of the
y-axis without changing the area of the region.
[1, Exercise 21, p. 365] Determine a region whose area is equal to the limit
n
X
i

tan
.
n
4n
4n
i=1

lim

Do not evaluate the limit at this time.

Solution: You should read the discussion of this problem in your Student Solution Manual. What is different from the preceding example to this one, is that we dont have any
straightforward algebraic way of evaluating the limit of the sum of rectangles obtained
to approximate this area. Thus there is going to be something new in our theory if we
will be able to determine this area exactly. And, in fact, we shall be able to evaluate this

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3007

area exactly! The upper boundary of the region in this case could be the graph of the
function y = tan x, and the other boundaries of the region could be, in addition to the

x-axis, the vertical lines x = 0 and x = .

4
C.3.2

5.2 The Definite Integral

The formal definition of the integral involves a number of technical difficulties which I shall
not consider in detail in this course. You should read the definition the textbook gives of the
integral [1, p. 366], but you are not going to be asked to work with it in full generality; in fact
the definition given in the textbook is simpler than the definition that is normally used for the
Riemann Integral. We would need to appeal to this definition if we wished to formally prove
all the properties that the author is going to ascribe to the integral; but we shall not attempt to
provide such proofs.
The usual definition of the integral would permit the widths of the subintervals, here denoted by x, to be different: x1 for the first subinterval, x2 for the second, etc., and would
then require that the largest of them should approach zero. This technicality is needed for
general functions, but will not be discussed further in this course.
Read the book and be sure you know the definitions of each of the following terms:
sample points
definite integral of f from a to b
integral sign
integrand
limits of integration
lower limit, upper limit
Riemann sum
Where we take, as the sample points in the subintervals, global maximum points for the function on the subintervals, we have what is called the upper Riemann sum; analogously, we may
speak of the lower Riemann sum. To prove the existence of the definite integral we would want
to show that the difference between these sums approaches 0 in the limit. This can be shown
to be the case in particular when the function is continuous everywhere, and it is even true in
certain more general situations. In this course we will normally be taking the functions to be
either continuous or, more generally, piecewise continuous; that is, we will permit functions
which can be obtained by gluing together functions which are continuous over adjacent intervals. As long as there are only a finite number of such components, it can be shown that the

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3008

integral exists; it doesnt matter if the function is discontinuous at the finite number of locations were the functions are glued. But some of the properties we will be using will apply
only to continuous functions, and we may have to break a problem up into parts in order to
solve it. More about this later.
Evaluating Integrals. Among the integrals discussed in this subsection are several that require the following formul for sums of powers of the natural numbers:
n
X
i=1
n
X
i=1
n
X

i1 =

n(n + 1)
2

(3)

i2 =

n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
6

(4)

i3 =

n2 (n + 1)2
4

(5)

i=1

to which we could add the following trivial result31 :

n
X

i0 = n .

(6)

i=1

Formul 3, 4, 5 are proved in [1, Appendix E], but you are not expected to have read those
proofs. The proofs given are by Mathematical Induction.32
Asking the Right Question. The fact that the formul for the sums of powers do not appear to
follow any general pattern is not because there is no pattern, but simply that we are asking the wrong
question. If, instead, we had asked for the sums of what are called falling factorials, i.e., products
of an integer with successive integers immediately less than it, we would obtain the following, much
prettier results. You do not need to remember these formul:
n
X

i0 =

i=1
n
X
i=1
31

i =

n
1

(7)

(n + 1)n
2

(8)

A definition that the product of an empty set of numbers is equal to 1 is consistent with the definition of
multiplication of real numbers.
32
Mathematical Induction was not an examination topic in MATH 140 2009 09; in the present course you are
not expected to know how to apply Mathematical Induction, but interested students are urged to read about it in
the textbook [1, pp. 77].

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

n
X

(n + 1)n(n 1)
3

i(i 1) =

i=1
n
X

(n + 1)n(n 1)(n 2)
4

i(i 1)(i 2) =

i=1

3009

(9)
(10)

A glance at these formul, which are certainly prettier than the formul for the sums of the powers,
shows that the first one, (7) doesnt look as though it fits. Here again, that is because we are again
asking the wrong question. Lets formulate the results slightly differently, including the term i = 0 in
each of the sums; only in the case of the 0th powers does this make any difference, since 00 is defined
to be 1:
n
X

i0 =

i=0
n
X

i =

i=0
n
X

i(i 1) =

i=0
n
X

i(i 1)(i 2) =

i=0

n+1
1

(11)

(n + 1)n
2

(12)

(n + 1)n(n 1)
3

(13)

(n + 1)n(n 1)(n 2)
.
4

(14)

Now we can see much further; we can even conjecture that there is a general result that encompasses
all of these particular cases:
n
X

i(i 1)(i 2) . . . (i r + 1) =

i=0

(n + 1)n(n 1)(n 2) . . . (n r + 1)
.
r

(15)

And finally, of what use are these formul if we need the sums of the powers of the integers, not
the sums of falling factorials. Any power of n can be expressed in terms of falling factorials, for
example
n1 = n
n2 = n(n 1) + n
n3 = n(n 1)(n 2) + 3n(n 1) + n ,
so property (15) can provide all the sums we need.
The purpose of this parenthetical discussion is to illustrate that the main challenge in proofs by
induction is making the right guess, rather than in the details of the proof, which may be routine.

Linearity of the summation operator. The textbook discusses some properties of the sigma
notation; these could be called the linearity properties of the operator , and are all special

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3010

cases of the following:

k+`
X

(rai + sbi ) = r

i=k

k+`
X

ai + s

i=k

k+`
X

bi .

i=k

I may have more to say about the sigma notation after I discuss [1, 5.5], where we shall
encounter properties of the integral that have analogues for sums. For the present let it be
k+`
P
noted that the symbol i in ai is not a free variable, in that you cannot assign any values to
i=k

it: it performs a function in the symbol, but that function would be performed equally well if
k+`
k+`
k+`
P
P
P
we replaced i by any other symbol that is not already in use, e.g., au ,
a ,
a .
u=k

=k

=k

The Midpoint Rule. The Midpoint Rule is an approximation formula for definite integrals. Use of an approximation formula entails a willingness to accept an error in the calculation. Mathematicians normally expect to see an estimate of how good or how bad an
approximation can be before recommending their use. A partial justification of the Midpoint
Rule is contained in [1, 7.7], a section that is to be omitted from the syllabus. For that reason
you are asked to omit this subsection: you will not be expected to know anything about the
Midpoint Rule.
Properties of the Definite Integral Linearity Properties.
erties of the Definite Integral, proving some of them.

The textbook lists many prop-

Zb
1.

c dx = c(b a)
a

Zb
2.

Zb
[ f (x) + g(x)] dx =

Zb
[ f (x) g(x)] dx =

f (x) dx

Zb
4.

g(x) dx

Zb
c f (x) dx = c

f (x) dx +
a

Zb
3.

Zb

Zb
f (x) dx

g(x) dx
a

for any real numbers a, b, c, and any continuous functions f, g.

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3011

Some of these properties can be derived from others, or can be combined into a more general
formula. So, for example we can prove that
Z b
Z b
Z b
(r f (x) + s g(x)) dx = r
f (x) dx + s
g(x) dx
(16)
a
a
a
Z c
Z b
Z c
f (x) dx =
f (x) dx +
f (x) dx
(17)
a

for any real numbers r, s, a, b, c, and these two equations are equivalent to the properties that
the textbook numbers ##2, 3, 4, etc. [1, p. 387]:
Z a
f (x) dx = 0
(18)
a
Z b
Z b
Z b
( f (x) g(x)) dx =
f (x) dx
g(x) dx
(19)
a
a
a
Z b
Z b
(20)
c f (x) dx = c
f (x) dx
a

The first property in the textbook list,

Z

c dx = c(b a)

(21)

states, for c 0 and b a, that the area of a rectangle of width b a and height c is c(b a).
Note that all of these properties hold for constants a, b, c that are positive or or negative!
Here one must be careful in interpreting areas, since, in the definite integral, areas are signed
they are either positive or negative: we associate the positive sign to areas under a graph
above the x-axis, where the lower limit of the integral is not greater than the upper limit. When
the curve is below the x-axis, or the lower limit of the integral is not greater than the upper
limit, the area is negative. (This is the case for part of [1, Exercise 22, p. 377] which is solved
below: there the portion of the area that was below the x-axis cancelled part of the area above
the x-axis; while the net result we obtained 21 was positive, it was not equal to the
total of the magnitudes of the two areas above and below the x-axis, butwas equal to their
difference. The graphof the integrand crosses the x-axis at the points
6 1. The region
under the interval [1, 61] can be shown to have (negative) area 4 6+ 283 ; while the region

+
4
over the interval [ 6 1, 4] can be shown to have (positive) area 35
6.)
3
Properties of the Definite Integral Additivity of the Interval. A second type or property
listed states, in principle, that the area under a curve is the sum of the areas under any two parts
into which the curve can be decomposed:
Z c
Z b
Z c
(22)
f (x) dx =
f (x) dx +
f (x) dx
a

Information for Students in Lecture Section 1 of MATH 141 2010 01

3012

for any real numbers a, b, c; here again, the constants are not necessarily positive, so one can
interpret the point c as lying outside of the interval [a, b] when a b. This property implies
another property listed on [1, p. 373]:
Z b
Z a
f (x) dx =
f (x) dx
(23)
a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5001

D Problem Assignments from Previous Years

D.1 1998/1999
The problem numbers listed below refer to the textbook in use at that time, [31], [33]. For
many of the problems there are answers in the textbook or in the Student Solution Manual
[34].
D.1.1 Assignment 1

5.2: 5, 11, 15, 21, 29

5.3: 3, 9, 15, 35, 47
5.4: none
5.5: 17, 27, 33, 41
5.6: 47, 55, 59, 65
5.7: 21, 27, 33, 39, 45, 51, 57
5.8: 33, 39, 45, 51, 57
D.1.2 Assignment 2

6.1: none
6.2: 3, 9, 15, 21, 27, 31, 35, 41
6.3: 3, 9, 15, 21, 27, 31, 39, 43
6.4: 3, 9, 15, 21, 27, 31, 35, 41
3.8: none
Chapter 7: none

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

D.1.3 Assignment 3

8.2: 5, 13, 21, 29, 39, 45, 53

9.2: 5, 13, 21, 29, 39
9.3: 5, 13, 21, 29, 39, 41
9.4: 5, 13, 21, 29, 39
9.5: 5, 9, 17, 21, 29, 33
9.6: 5, 9, 17, 21, 29, 33
D.1.4 Assignment 4

9.7: 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33

9.8: 21, 23, 29, 33, 39
10.2: 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 51, 53, 57
10.3: 9, 13, 17, 21, 23, 29, 33, 35
10.4: 3, 5, 9, 13
D.1.5 Assignment 5

11.2: 9, 17, 23, 33, 39

11.3: 3, 9, 15, 21, 29, 35, 47
11.4: 3, 9, 15, 21, 29, 35, 45, 47
11.5: 3, 9, 15, 21, 23
11.6: 3, 9, 15, 21, 29
11.7: 3, 9, 15, 21, 27, 33

5002

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5003

D.2 1999/2000
(Students had access to brief solutions that were mounted on the web.)
D.2.1 Assignment 1
Before attempting problems on this assignment you are advised to try some easy problems
in the textbook. In most of the following problems there is a reference to a similar problem
in the textbook. You should always endeavour to show as much of your work as possible, and
to reduce your solution to simplest terms. Remember that the main reason for submitting
this assignment is to have an opportunity for your tutor to grade your work; the actual grade
obtained should be of lesser significance.
In Exercises 1-5 below, evaluate the indefinite integral, and verify by differentiation:
!
Z
3
1
2
3
1. (cf. [31, Exercise 5.2.5, p. 294])
5x 2 x + 4x dx
x4
!
Z
3
2
2.

dx
x 1 + x2
Z 

2
3. (cf. [31, Exercise 5.2.13, p. 294])
xe x e4x dx
Z
4. (cf. [31, Exercise 5.2.19, p. 294])

(1

x)(2x + 3)2 dx

Z
5. (cf. [31, Exercise 5.2.27, p. 294])

(4 cos 8x 2 sin x + cos 2x (sin 2)x) dx

6. (cf. [31, Example 5.2.8, p. 289]) Determine the differentiable function y(x) such that
 1
dy
1
=
and y 2 2 = .
dx
2
1 x2
7. (This is [31, Exercise 5.2.51, p. 295]
! written in purely mathematical terminology.) Solve
dy
d dy
= sin x, where y = 0 and
= 0 when x = 0. [Hint:
the initial value problem:
dx dx
dx
dy
First use one of the initial values to determine the general value of
from the given
dx
differential equation; then use the second initial value to determine y(x) completely.]
8. ([31, Exercise 5.3.4, p. 306]) Write the following in expanded notation, i.e. without
6
P X
using the symbol :
(2 j 1).
j=1

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5004

9. (cf. [31, Exercise 5.3.18, p. 306]) Write the following sum in summation notation:
x3 x5 x7
x999
+

+ ...
3
5
7
999
where the signs are alternating +, , +, , ... The sign of the last term has not been given
you should determine it.
x

10. (cf. [31, Example 5.3.6, p. 302]) Given that

n
X

i=

i=1

n(n + 1)
,
2

n
X

n(n + 1)(2n + 1)
,
6

i2 =

i=1

n
X
i=1

i3 =

n2 (n + 1)2
,
4

(n + 1)3 + (n + 2)3 + ... + (2n)3

.
n
n4

determine lim

D.2.2 Assignment 2
1. Evaluate the following integrals:
Z 3
(a)
(x 1)4 dx
1
Z 1
(b)
(2e x 1)2 dx
Z0
(c)
sin 4x dx.
0

2. Interpreting the following integral as the area of a region, evaluate it using known area
formulas:
Z 6
36 x2 dx.
0

3. Use properties of integrals to establish the following inequality without evaluating the
integral:
Z 1
Z 1
1
1
dx.
dx
3
x
0 1+
0 1+ x
4. Deduce the Second Comparison Property of integrals from the First Comparison Property [31, p. 325, 5.5].
5. Apply the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus [31, p. 331, 5.6] to find the derivative of
the given function:
Z
x

(t2 + 2)15 dt.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5005

6. Differentiate the functions

Z x3
cos t dt
(a)
Z

0
3x

(b)

sin t2 dt.

dy
7. Solve the initial value problem
= 1 + x2 , y(1) = 5 . Express your answer in
dx
terms of a definite integral (which you need not attempt to evaluate). This problem can
be solved using the methods of [31, Chapter 5].
8. Evaluate the indefinite integrals:
Z

2x 3 2x2 dx
(a)
Z
(b)
x2 sin(3x3 ) dx
Z
x+3
(c)
dx
2
x + 6x + 3
9. Evaluate the definite integrals:
Z 8
(a)
t t + 2 dt
Z

0
/2

(b)
Z

(1 + 3 sin )3/2 cos d

(c)

sin2 2t dt.

10. Sketch the region bounded by the given curves, then find its area:
(a) x = 4y2 ,
(b) y = cos x,

x + 12y + 5 = 0
y = sin x,

0x

.
4

x 2 y2
+
= 1 is A = ab. This problem can be
11. Prove that the area of the ellipse
a2 b2
solved using the methods of [31, Chapter 5]. It is not necessary to use methods of [31,
Chapter 9].

UPDATED TO January 6, 2010

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5006

D.2.3 Assignment 3
In all of these problems you are expected to show all your work neatly. (This assignment is
only a sampling. Your are advised to try other problems from your textbook; solutions to some
can be found in the Student Solution Manual [32].)
1. [31, Exercise 6.1.6, p. 382] As n , the interval [2, 4] is to be subdivided into n
subintervals of equal length x by n 1 equally spaced points x1 , x2 , ..., xn1 (where
n
X
1
x0 = 2, xn = 4). Evaluate lim
x by computing the value of the appropriate
n
x
i
i=1
related integral.
2.

(a) [31, Exercise 6.2.6, p. 391] Use the method of cross-sections to find the volume of
the solid that is generated by rotating the plane region bounded by y = 9 x2 and
y = 0 about the x-axis.
(b) (cf. Problem 2a) Use the method of cylindrical shells to find the volume of the solid
that is generated by rotating the plane region bounded by y = 9 x2 and y = 0 about
the x-axis.
(c) Use the method of cross-sections to find the volume of the solid that is generated
by rotating the plane region bounded by y = 9 x2 and y = 0 about the y-axis.
(d) (cf. Problem 2c) Use the method of cylindrical shells to find the volume of the solid
that is generated by rotating the plane region bounded by y = 9 x2 and y = 0 about
the y-axis.

3.

(a) [31, Exercise 6.2.24, p. 392] Find the volume of the solid that is generated by
rotating around the line y = 1 the region bounded by y = 2ex , y = 2, and x = 1.
(b) (cf. Problem 3a) Set up an integral that would be obtained if the method of cylindrical shells were used to represent the volume of the solid that is generated by
rotating around the line y = 1 the region bounded by y = 2ex , y = 2, and x = 1.
YOU ARE NOT EXPECTED TO EVALUATE THE INTEGRAL.

4. (cf. [31, Exercise 6.2.40, p. 392]) The base of a certain solid is a circular disk with diameter AB of length 2a. Find the volume of the solid if each cross section perpendicular
to AB is an equilateral triangle.
5.

(a) [31, Exercise 6.3.26, p. 401] Use the method of cylindrical shells to find the volume
of the solid generated by rotating around the y-axis the region bounded by the
1
, y = 0, x = 0, x = 2.
curves y =
1 + x2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5007

(b) (cf. Problem 5a) Use the method of cross sections to find the volume of the solid
generated by rotating around the y-axis the region bounded by the curves y =
1
, y = 0, x = 0, x = 2.
1 + x2
e x + ex
2

6. (cf. [31, Exercise 7.3.69, p. 450]) Find the length of the arc of the curve y =
between the points (0, 1) and (ln 2, 2).
7.

(a) [31, Exercise 6.4.30, p. 411] Find the area of the surface of revolution generated
by revolving the arc of the curve y = x3 from x = 1 to x = 2 around the x-axis.
(b) (cf. 7a) Set up an integral for, BUT DO NOT EVALUATE, the area of the surface
of revolution generated by revolving the arc of the curve y = x3 from x = 1 to x = 2
around the y-axis.

8. [31, Exercise 7.2.44, p. 442] Evaluate the indefinite integral

Z
x+1
dx
2
x + 2x + 3
Z

9. (cf. [31, Exercise 7.2.36, p. 442]) Determine the value of the function f (x) =
for any point x < 2.

t2
dt
8 t3

10. (cf. [31, Exercise 7.3.70, p. 450]) Find the area of the surface generated by revolving
around the x-axis the curve of Problem 6.
D.2.4 Assignment 4
1. Differentiate the functions:
(a) sin1 (x50 )
(b) arcsin(tan x)
(c) cot1 e x + tan1 ex
2. Showing all your work, evaluate the integrals:
Z
dx
(a)

1 4x2
Z
dx
(b)

2 x(1 + x)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5008

ex
dx
1 + e2x

Z
cot y csc y
(d)
dy

y
Z
(ln t)8
(e)
dt
t
Z
(f)
tan4 2x sec2 2x dx
(c)

(g) THIS PROBLEM

BE OMITTED. IT MAY BE INCLUDED IN ASZ SHOULD
x2
dx
SIGNMENT 5.

16x2 + 9
3. Use integration by parts to compute the following integrals. Show all your work.
Z
t cos t dt
(a)
Z

(b)
y ln y dy
(c) THIS PROBLEM
Z SHOULD BE OMITTED. IT MAY BE INCLUDED IN ASSIGNMENT 5.
x2 arctan x dx
Z
(d)
csc3 x dx
Z
(e)
ln(1 + x2 ) dx
4. Showing all your work, evaluate the following integrals:
Z
(a)
cos2 7x dx
Z
(b)
cos2 x sin3 x dx
Z
(c)
Z
(d)

sin3 2x
dx
cos2 2x
sec6 2t dt

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5009

D.2.5 Assignment 5
Z

x3
dx. (Your solution should be valid for x
x2 + x 6
in any one of the intervals x < 3, 3 < x < 2, x > 2.)
Z
1
2. [31, Exercise 9.5.8, p. 540] Find
dx.
(x + 1)(x2 + 1)
Z
x2
3. (a) [31, Exercise 9.5.23] Find
dx.
(x + 2)3
(b) Find the volume of the solid of revolution generated by the region bounded by
x
y=
, y = 0, x = 1, and x = 2 about the x-axis.
3
(x + 2) 2
(c) Find the volume of the solid of revolution generated by the region bounded by
x
, y = 0, x = 1, and x = 2 about the y-axis.
y=
3
(x + 2) 2
1. [31, Exercise 9.5.6, p. 540] Find

4. [31, Exercise 9.5.38, p. 540] Make a preliminary substitution before using the method
of partial fractions:
Z
cos
d
2
sin (sin 6)
5. [31,
9.6.6, p. 547] Use trigonometric substitutions to evaluate the integral
Z Exercise
x2
dx.

9 4x2
6. [31,
Z Exercise 9.6.26, p. 547] Use trigonometric substitutions to evaluate the integral
1
dx.
9 + 4x2
7. [31,Exercise 9.6.35, p. 547] Use trigonometric substitutions to evaluate the integral
Z
x2 5
dx.
x2
Z
8. [31, Exercise 9.7.14, p. 553] Evaluate the integral
x 8 + 2x x2 dx.
9. [31, Exercise 9.8.17, p. 561] Determine
the following improper integral conZ whether

x
verges; if it does converge, evaluate it:
dx.
2
x + 4
10. [31, Exercise 9.8.27, p. 561] Determine
the following improper integral conZ whether

verges; if it does converge, evaluate it:

cos x dx.
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5010

11. (cf. [31, Exercise 9.8.14, p. 561]) Determine

Z +8whether the following improper integral
1
dx.
converges; if it does converge, evaluate it:
2
8 (x + 4) 3
12. [31, Exercise 10.2.2, p. 580] Find two polar coordinate representations, one with r 0,
and the other with r 0 for the points with the following rectangular coordinates:
(a) (1, 1),

(b) ( 3, 1),
(c) (2, 2),

(d) (1, 3),

(e) ( 2, 2),

(f) (3, 3).

13. For each of the following curves, determine showing all your work equations in
both rectangular and polar coordinates:
(a) [31, Exercise 10.2.20, p. 580] The horizontal line through (1, 3).
(b) [31, Exercise 10.2.26, p. 580] The circle with centre (3, 4) and radius 5.
14.

(a) [31, Exercise 10.2.56, p. 581] Showing all your work, find all points of intersection
of the curves with polar equations r = 1 + cos and r = 10 sin .
(b) Showing all your work, find all points of intersection of the curves with polar equations r2 = 4 sin and r2 = 4 sin .
[Note: The procedure sketched in the solution of [31, Example 10.2.8, p. 579] for finding
points of intersection is incomplete. Your instructor will discuss a systematic procedure
in the lectures.]

D.2.6 Assignment 6
1. Find the area bounded by each of the following curves.
(a) r = 2 cos ,
(b) r = 1 + cos .
2. Find the area bounded by one loop of the given curve.
(a) r = 2 cos 2,
(b) r2 = 4 sin .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5011

3. Find the area of the region described.

(a) Inside both

r = cos

(b) Inside both

r = 2 cos

and
and

r=

3 sin .

r = 2 sin .

4. Eliminate the parameter and then sketch the curve.

(a) x = t + 1, y = 2t2 t 1.
(b) x = et , y = 4e2t .
(c) x = sin 2t, y = cos 2t; 0 t 1. Describe the motion of the point (x(t), y(t)) as
t varies in the given interval.
5. Find the area of the region that lies between the parametric curve x = cos t, y =
sin2 t, 0 t , and the x-axis.
6. Find the arc length of the curve x = sin t cos t, y = sin t + cos t; /4 t /2.
7. Determine whether the sequence an converges, and find its limit if it does converge.
n2 n + 7
,
2n3 + n2

1 + (1)n n
(b) an =
,
(3/2)n
(c) an = n sin n,
!n
n1
(d) an =
.
n+1
(a) an =

8. Determine, for each of the following infinite series, whether it converges or diverges. If
it converges, find its sum.
(a) 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + . . . + (2n 1) + . . . ,
(b) 4 + 43 + . . . + 34n + . . . ,

X
(c)
(5n 7n ),
(d)

n=1

X
n=1

e n
.

9. Find the set of all those values of x for which the series

 n
X
x

3
ric series, then express the sum of the series as a function of x.
n=1

is a convergent geomet-

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5012

10. Find the Taylor polynomial in powers of x a with remainder by using the given values
of a and n.
(a) f (x) = sin x; a = /6, n = 3.
1
(b) f (x) =
; a = 5, n = 5 .
(x 4)2
11. Find the Maclaurin series of the function

e3x

by substitution in the series for e x .

12. Find the Taylor series for f (x) = ln x at the point a = 1.

13. Use comparison tests to determine whether each of the following infinite series converge
or diverge.

1
,
1 + 3n
n=1

X
n
(b)
,
2
n +n
n=1
(a)

(c)

X
sin2 (1/n)
n=1

n2

D.3 2000/2001
(In the winter of the year 2001 Assignments based on WeBWorK were used, although the
experiment had to be terminated in mid-term because of technical problems.)

D.4 2001/2002
This was the first time WeBWorK assignments were used exclusively in this course.

D.5 MATH 141 2003 01

WeBWorK assignments were used exclusively for assignments. The questions are not available for publication.

D.6 MATH 141 2004 01

WeBWorK assignments were used exclusively for assignments. The questions are not available for publication.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5013

D.7 MATH 141 2005 01

WeBWorK assignments were used for online assignments; the questions are not available for
publication. In addition, these written assignments were intended to provide students with individualized opportunities to work problems for which the textbook often provided examples;
at the time, appropriate materials available from WeBWorK for this purpose were limited. The
individualization was often based on the student number.
D.7.1 Written Assignment W1
Your written assignments will usually be mounted on the WeBWorK site, and will usually be
individualized, that is, your problems will not be exactly the same as those of other students.
This first written assignment is based on your WeBWorK assignment R1 . Subsequent written
assignments may be designed in other ways. Because of its general form, it was possible to
release this assignment in the document Information for Students in MATH 141 2005 01; some
of the other assignments may appear only on your WeBWorK site.
Your completed assignment must be submitted together with your solutions to quiz Q1 ,
inside your answer sheet for that quiz. No other method of submission is acceptable.
Purpose of the written assignments These assignments are designed to help you learn how
to write full solutions to problems. While they carry a very small weight in the computation of
your final grade, conscientious completion of the assignments should help you substantially in
learning the calculus, and help prepare you for your final examination.
Certificate Your assignment will not be graded unless you attach or include the following
completed certificate of originality:
I have read the information on the web page
http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity/studentguide/,
and assert that my work submitted for W1 and R1 does not violate McGills
regulations concerning plagiarism.

Signature(required)
The assignment questions
sion of R1 :

Date(required)
Your assignment consists of the following problems on your ver-

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5014

##3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
(Teaching Assistants are not primarily checking for plagiarism; but, if they detect it, they may
be obliged to report any apparent violations to the Associate Deans.)
Complete solutions are required It is not enough to give the correct answer; in fact, the
numerical answer alone may be worth 0 marks. You should submit a full solution, similar to
solutions in Stewarts textbook or the Student Solutions Manual, which are where you should
look if you have doubts about the amount of detail required in a solution.
Use of calculators You are expected to complete the entire assignment without the use of
a calculator. In particular, you are expected to be familiar with the values of trigonometric
functions at simple multiples and submultiples of .
Not all problems may be graded On all of the written assignments it is possible that the
Teaching Assistant will grade only a small number of the solutions you submit. The numbers
of the questions that will be graded will not be announced in advance, even to the tutor. For
that reason you are advised to devote equal attention to all of the problems.
D.7.2 Written Assignment W2
Written assignment W2 is based on your WeBWorK assignment R3 , but some problems are
being modified. Your completed assignment must be submitted together with your solutions to
quiz Q2 , inside your answer sheet for that quiz. No other method of submission is acceptable.
Purpose of the written assignments These assignments are designed to help you learn how
to write full solutions to problems. While they carry a very small weight in the computation of
your final grade, conscientious completion of the assignments should help you substantially in
learning the calculus, and help prepare you for your final examination.
Certificate Your assignment will not be graded unless you attach or include the following
completed certificate of originality, signed in ink:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5015

I have read the information on the web page

http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity/studentguide/,
and assert that my work submitted for W2 and R3 does not violate McGills
regulations concerning plagiarism.

Signature(required)
The assignment questions
sion of R1 :

Date(required)
Your assignment consists of the following problems on your ver-

1. Problem 1 of R3 , solved by integration with respect to x. Include in your solution a rough

sketch of the region, showing a typical element of area.
2. Problem 1 of R3 solved by integration with respect to y. This will require rewriting the
equations of the curves appropriately. You may assume without proof that
Z
ln x dx = x(ln x 1) + C ,
a fact which you will see derived later in the course. Include in your solution a rough
sketch of the region, showing a typical element of area.
3. Problem 6 of R3 , evaluated using the Method of Washers. Include in your solution a
rough sketch of the plane region which generates the solid, showing a typical element of
area which will generate a typical washer.
4. Problem 6 of R3 , evaluated using the Method of Cylindrical Shells. Include in your
solution a rough sketch of the plane region which generates the solid, showing a typical
element of area which will generate a typical cylindrical shell.
Complete solutions are required It is not enough to give the correct answer; in fact, the
numerical answer alone may be worth 0 marks. You should submit a full solution, similar to
solutions in Stewarts textbook or the Student Solutions Manual, which are where you should
look if you have doubts about the amount of detail required in a solution.
Use of calculators
calculator.

You are expected to complete the entire assignment without the use of a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5016

Not all problems may be graded On all of the written assignments it is possible that the
Teaching Assistant will grade only a small number of the solutions you submit. The numbers
of the questions that will be graded will not be announced in advance, even to the tutor. For
that reason you are advised to devote equal attention to all of the problems.
D.7.3 Written Assignment W3
Unlike the preceding written assignments Written Assignment W3 is not directly based on your
WeBWorK assignments, although some problems will be similar to WeBWorK assignment
problems. Your completed assignment must be submitted together with your solutions to quiz
Q3 , inside your answer sheet for that quiz. No other method of submission is acceptable.
Certificate Your assignment will not be graded unless you attach or include the following
completed statement of originality, signed in ink:
I have read the information on the web page
http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity/studentguide/,
and assert that my work submitted for W3 does not violate McGills regulations concerning plagiarism.

Signature(required)

Date(required)

The assignment questions The parameters in these problems are based on the digits of your
9-digit McGill student number, according to the following table:

Parameter name:
A B C D E F G H J
Your student number:
Before starting to solve the problems below, determine the values of each of these integer
constants; then substitute them into the descriptions of the problems before you begin your
solution.
Z 

1. Showing all your work, systematically determine
Ax2 + Bx + C ex dx by repeated
integration by parts: no other method of solution will be accepted. Verify by differentiation that your answer is correct.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5017

2. Showing all your work, use trigonometric or hyperbolic substitutions to evaluate

Z
Z
Z
du
du
du
each of
,
,
.
p
p
p
u2 (F + 1)2
u2 + (F + 1)2
u2 + (F + 1)2
Verify that your answers are correct by differentiation.
j k h i
3. Let K = J+4
= J+4
.33 Showing all your work, develop for this integer K a reduction
2
2
formulaZ of the following type that can be used to evaluate
In (x) =

xn (sin(K x)) dx in terms of In2 (x):

Z
n

x (sin K x) dx = L x cos K x + M x

n1

sin K x + N

xn2 (sin K x) dx

where n 2 and L, M, N are constants that you are expected to determine only by
integration by parts. Again showing
all your work, use the reduction formula you have
R
just determined to evaluate x2 sin K x dx, and test by differentiation the answer that it
gives you should recover x2 sin K x.
4. Showing all your work, evaluate both of the integrals
Z
Z
F+1
2
sin x cos x dx
and
sinF+2 x cos2 x dx
Complete solutions are required It is not enough to give the correct answer; in fact, the
final answer alone may be worth 0 marks. You should submit a full solution, similar to solutions in Stewarts textbook or the Student Solutions Manual, which are where you should look
if you have doubts about the amount of detail required in a solution.
Not all problems may be graded On all of the written assignments it is possible that the
Teaching Assistant will grade only a small number of the solutions you submit. The numbers
of the questions that will be graded will not be announced in advance, even to the tutor. If for
no other reason, you are advised to devote equal attention to all of the problems.
D.7.4 Written Assignment W4
Your completed assignment must be submitted together with your solutions to quiz Q4 , inside
your answer sheet for that quiz. No other method of submission is acceptable.
33

Determine Khfrom
i J using the greatest integer function, defined
j k in your textbook, page 110. Your textbook
J+4
uses the notation 2 , but some authors write the function as J+4
2 .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5018

Certificate Your assignment will not be graded unless you attach or include the following
completed statement of originality, signed in ink:
I have read the information on the web page
http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity/studentguide/,
and assert that my work submitted for W4 does not violate McGills regulations concerning plagiarism.

Signature(required)

Date(required)

The assignment questions Some of the parameters in these problems are based on the digits
of your 9-digit McGill student number, according to the following table:

Parameter name:
A B M D E F G H J
Your student number:
Before starting to solve the problems below, determine the values of each of these integer
constants; then substitute them into the descriptions of the problems before you begin your
solution. It is not enough to give the correct answer; in fact, the final answer alone could be
worth 0 marks. You should submit a full solution, similar to solutions in Stewarts textbook or
the Student Solutions Manual, which are where you should look if you have doubts about the
amount of detail required in a solution. Not all problems may be graded.
1. Showing
all your work, systematically determine the value of the following integral:
Z
x
dx . Verify your work by differentiation of your answer: you
2
(x + J) (x H 1)1
should recover the integrand. (Systematically means that you to use the methods you
learned in this course for the treatment of problems of this type, even if you happen to
see some other method that could be used in this particular example.)
2. Showing all your work, use a substitution to transform the integrand into a rational
function, then integrate the particular integral that is assigned for your particular value
of G:
Z
1
If G = 1,4,or 7:
dx

x x+2
Z
cos 2x
dx
If G = 0, 2, 5, or 8:
sin2 2x + sin 2x

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z
If G = 3, 6, or 9:

5019

dx

x22 x+1

3. Problem 55, pages 504-505 of your textbook, describes a substitution discovered by Karl
Weierstrass (1815-1897) for the evaluation of rational functions of sin x and cos x into
an ordinary rational function. It states that if, for x such that < x < , we define
1 t2
2t
and
sin
x
=
and that, at a consequence, dx =
t = tan 2x , then cos x =
1 + t2
1 + t2
2
dt . You are not asked to verify these facts. You are asked to use the substitution
1 + t2
to transform the following integral and then to evaluate it:
Z

1
dx
1 + sin x cos x

4. Use the trigonometric

identities given in your textbook on page 487 to evaluate the folR
lowing integral: cos Mx cos Dx sin x dx where M and D are the digits of your student
number, defined above.
5. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following integrals is convergent
or divergent. If it is convergent, determine its value (again showing all your work):
Z 4
1
(a)
dx
0 2+E F
Z 2
x EF
(b)
dx
x2 + E + F
0

Z B+4
1
(c)
dx
x sin((G + 2)x)
0
D.7.5 Written Assignment W5
Your completed assignment must be submitted together with your solutions to quiz Q5 , inside
your answer sheet for that quiz. No other method of submission is acceptable.
Certificate Your assignment will not be graded unless you attach or include the following
completed statement of originality, signed in ink:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5020

I have read the information on the web page

http://www.mcgill.ca/integrity/studentguide/,
and assert that my work submitted for W5 does not violate McGills regulations concerning plagiarism.

Signature(required)

Date(required)

The assignment questions Some of the parameters in these problems are based on the digits
of your 9-digit McGill student number, according to the following table:

Parameter name:
A B D E F G H J K
Your student number:
Before starting to solve the problems below, determine the values of each of these integer
constants; then substitute them into the descriptions of the problems before you begin your
solution. It is not enough to give the correct answer; in fact, the final answer alone could be
worth 0 marks. You should submit a full solution, similar to solutions in Stewarts textbook or
the Student Solutions Manual, which are where you should look if you have doubts about the
amount of detail required in a solution. Not all problems may be graded.


1. For the point with polar coordinates H, 2
,
K +5
(a) find four other pairs of polar coordinates, two with r 0 and two with r > 0:
(b) Find the cartesian coordinates, assuming that the positive x-axis is along the polar
axis, the origin is at the pole, and the positive y-axis is obtained by turning the polar
axis through a positive angle of 2 .
2. For the point whose cartesian coordinates are (F 2 +1, F 2 2), determine polar coordinates
(r, ) with the following properties:
(a) r > 0, 0 < 2
(b) r < 0, 0 < 2
(c) r > 0,

5
2

<

9
2

3. For the following curve given in polar coordinates, determine, showing all your compu
tations, the slope of the tangent at the point with = :
4
r = A + cos(B + 2) .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5021

4. Showing all your work, find the area contained between the outer loop and the inner loop
of the curve
r = 1 + 2 sin .
Explain carefully how you have established the limits for your definite integral.
5. The curve C is given by the parametric equations
x = 1 + (C + 2)t2
y = t (E 2 2)t3
Showing all your work, determine the value of

d2 y
(t).
dx2

6. Giving an explanation, determine whether or not the following sequences converge.

Where a sequence converges, find its limit.
(a) an = ln n ln(n + A + 1)
ln n
(b) an =
ln((A + 2)n)

(c) an = n2 + A2 n2 + A2 + 2

D.8 MATH 141 2006 01

D.8.1 Solution to Written Assignment W1
Release Date: Friday, 27 January, 2006
The Assignment was posted to the class via WeBCT on January 2nd, 2006
Instructions to Students
1. Your solution to this assignment should be brought to your regular tutorial, during the
week 16-20 January, and folded inside your solution sheet to the quiz which will be
written at that time.
2. Your TA may make special arrangements for submission at other times, but, no solutions
are ever accepted after the end of the week.
3. Your solution must use the data on your own WeBWorK assignment, as described below.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5022

The Assignment Question Problem 7 of WeBWorK assignment R1 requires that you evaluate a definite integral of the form
Z C
(Ex2 Ax + B) dx,
D

where A, B, C, D, E are various combinations of constants, individualized for each student.

Your written assignment is to evaluate a simplified version of this integral as the limit of a
sequence of Riemann sums, using left endpoints34 . You may simplify your problem only in
the following way: you may take the lower limit of the integral (here called D) to be 0; this
is purely to make the algebra a little easier. You should model your proof on that given in [7,
Example 2(b), pp. 383-385]. You are expected to provide a full solution for your version of the
problem it is not enough to supply the correct answer, and you must solve the version of
the problem on your own WeBWorK assignment R1 . In your solution you will need to use the
well known formul for the sums of the 1st and 2nd powers of the natural numbers from 1 to n;
these formul are in your textbook [7, Formul ##4, 5, p. 383], and you will not be expected
to prove them here.35 (This is a time-consuming exercise; the purpose of the assignment is to
ensure that you will have correctly solved a problem of this type during the term.)
The Solution (This solution has been composed with variables, so that it will produce valid
numerical solutions for all students. The particular solution for your version of the problem
should look much simpler, because, in place of all variables except n, there will be specific
integers.)
The length of each of n subintervals is
x =
Thus xi = D + ix = D + i
formula, p. 381]
Z

C
D

=
=
34

lim

lim

C D 
n

CD
.
n

. Since we are using left endpoints we apply [7, top


Ex2 Ax + B dx

n 
X


2
Exi1
Axi1 + B x

i=1
n
X
i=1

2D(C D)
(C D)2
E D +
(i 1) +
(i 1)2
n
n2

Note that the solution given in the textbook uses right endpoints.
Of course, these formul may be proved by induction, and students who took MATH 140 2005 09 should
know how to write up such proofs if they had to.
35

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5023



CD
A D +
(i 1) + B x
n

n
n
n
X

(2DE A)(C D) X
E(C D)2 X
2
2

= lim (ED AD + B)
1+
(i 1) +
(i 1) x
2
n
n
n
i=1
i=1
i=1

Now
n
X

1 = sum of n 1s

i=1

n
X

= n
n1
X
(i 1) =
j

i=1

j=1

(n 1)n
2
n1
X
j2
=

=
n
X

(i 1)2

by [7, Formula 4, p. 383]

j=1

i=1

(n 1)n(2n 1)
=
6
Substituting the values of these sums yields
Z

by [7, Formula 5, p. 383].


Ex2 Ax + B dx

=
=
=

CD
(2DE A)(C D) (n 1)n
(ED2 AD + B)n +

n
n
n
2
!
2
E(C D) (n 1)n(2n 1)
+

6
n2
!
1
(2DE A)(C D)2
2
1
lim (ED AD + B)(C D) +
n
2
n
!
!!
3
E(C D)
1
1
+
1
2
6
n
n
(2DE A)(C D)2
E(C D)3
(ED2 AD + B)(C D) +
1+
12
2
6
(2DE A)(C D)2 E(C D)3
(ED2 AD + B)(C D) +
+
2
3




3
3
2
2
E C D
A C D

+ B(C D)
3
2
lim

It was suggested that you simplify your problem by taking D = 0; in that case the value would
have worked out to be
EC 3 AC 2

+ BC .
3
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

The Grading Scheme

5024

The assignment was to be graded OUT OF A TOTAL OF 10 MARKS.

(In the version of this solution circulated to TAs, there followed some technical details about the grading.)

D.8.2 Solution to Written Assignment W2

Release Date: Mounted on the Web on February 8th, 2006; corrected on March 16th, 2006
Solutions were to be submitted inside answer sheets to Quiz Q2 , at tutorials during the period
January 30th February 2nd, 2006.
The Problem. In [7, Example 6, p. 441] of your textbook, the author solves the following
problem: Find the area enclosed by the line y = x 1 and the parabola y2 = 2x + 6, by
integrating with respect to y. The textbook then states the following: We could have found
the area in Example 6 by integrating with respect to x instead of y, but the calculation is
much more involved. It would have meant splitting the region in two, and computing the
areas labelled A1 and A2 in Figure 14. The method we used in Example 6 is much easier. Your
assignment is to solve the problem by integrating with respect to x, and you may find the figure
in thetextbook helpful. The computation
is not really very hard, but it does involve working
with 2. You should not approximate 2; just write it that way and work with it carefully,
and the square roots will cancel by the time you finish your solution.
You know the numerical answer to this question; the purpose of the assignment is to nudge
you into solving problems in two ways, so that you can verify your work; and to show you that
there really is nothing to fear, even if you do happen to choose the wrong way to approach a
problem.
Your TA will be alert to the possibility that students might be copying their solutions from
others. Please write up your own solution, so that your TA will not have to waste everyones
time by sending exact copies to the disciplinary officer of the Faculty. You need to know how
to solve problems of this type, since you could be expected to demonstrate that ability at a
future quiz or on the examination.
The Solution. The integration must be carried out separately for two subregions. This is
because the area to the left of the line x = 1 is bounded above and below by the parabola;
while the area to the right of x = 1 is bounded above by the parabola, and below by the line
y = x 1. The method you know for finding the area between two curves requires that the
equations of the curves be written as the graphs of functions of x. But the parabola y2 = 2x + 6
is not the graph of a function, since it crosses some vertical lines twice. However, we can
factorize the equation in the form



p
p
y 2(x + 3) y + 2(x + 3) = 0 :

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5025

the parabola
is the graph of two functions the upper arm
of the parabola is the graph of

= 2(x + 3). To the left of x = 1

y = 2(x + 3), while the lower arm is the graph of y
the region
A
is
bounded
above
by
the
graph
of
y
=
2(x + 3), and below by the graph of
1

y = 2(x + 3); thus

the vertical element
the height of
of area is the difference between these
two functions, i.e., 2(x + 3) ( 2(x + 3)) = 2 2(x + 3), and this will be the integrand
for

the integral; the area to the right of x = 1 is bounded above by the parabola
y = 2(x + 3),
and below by the line y = x1, so the element of area for the integral will be 2(x + 3)(x1).
The total area is thus
Z 1 p
Z 5p

2 2(x + 3) dx +
2(x + 3) (x 1) dx
3
1
"
#1 "
!#5
2
2
2
x
3
3
= 2 2 (x + 3) 2
+ 2 (x + 3) 2
x
3
3
2
3
1

!
!
i 2 2 3

2
4 2 h 32
25
1
2
3

2 0 +
82
5
22
+ 1
=
3
3
2
3
2
"
#
56
16 38
16
+
6 =
+
= 18.
=
3
3
3
3

The Grading Scheme. The assignment was to be graded out of a maximum of 15 marks.
(In the version of this document prepared for TAs there were additional details on the marking
scheme.)
D.8.3 Solutions to Written Assignment W3
Release Date: March 25th, 2006
Solutions were to be submitted inside answer sheets to Quiz Q3 , at tutorials during the period
13-16 February, 2006
The Problems

1. Use two integrations by parts to evaluate the integral

(sin x) (sinh x) dx. You will

need, at the last step, to solve an equation. The solution should resemble
the solution in
R
x
your textbook to [7, Example 4, p. 478], where the author evaluates e sin x dx.
2. Write your student number (9 digits) in the following chart.

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9
Student # :
UPDATED TO January 6, 2010

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5026

Some of the digits are to be used in solving the following problem.

(a) You are to evaluate the following integral by integration by parts:
Z 

A7 x2 + A8 x1 + A9 eA1 x dx
Your answer should be simplified as much as possible.
(b) Then you are to differentiate the function you have obtained, to verify that it is
indeed an antiderivative of the given integrand.
Remember the rules: McGills Code of Student Conduct and Disciplinary Procedures appears in
the Handbook on Student Rights and Responsibilities (PDF English version - French version). Article
15(a) of the Code, which is devoted to plagiarism, reads as follows:
No student shall, with intent to deceive, represent the work of another person as his or
her own in any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, project or assignment
submitted in a course or program of study or represent as his or her own an entire essay or
work of another, whether the material so represented constitutes a part or the entirety of
the work submitted.
Please dont cause yourself embarrassment and waste everyones time: it isnt worth it, and you really
need to learn how to solve these kinds of problems yourself.

The Solutions
1. Let u = sin x, v0 = sin x. Then u0 = cos x, v = cosh x (or cosh x plus any real constant
I have taken the constant to be 0, as all choices of constant here will lead to the same
solution.)
Z
Z
(sin x) (sinh x) dx = (cos x) sinh x (cosh x) (cos x) dx .
Z
(cosh x) (cos x) dx I will set U = cos x, V 0 = cosh x, so U 0 = sin x,

To evaluate
V = sinh x.
Z

Z
(cosh x) (cos x) dx = (cos x) sinh x +

(sinh x) sin x dx .

Combining these results yields

Z
Z
(sin x) (sinh x) dx = (sin x) (cosh x) (cos x) (sinh x) (sin x) (sinh x) dx

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5027

which we may solve by moving the two integral terms to the same side of the equation:
Z
2 (sin x) (sinh x) dx = (sin x) (cosh x) (cos x) (sinh x) + C
or

Z
(sin x) (sinh x) dx =

2.

(sin x) (cosh x) (cos x) (sinh x)

+ C0
2

(a) In the first integration by parts I set

Hence

Z 
=
=

u = A7 x2 + A8 x1 + A9
dv = eA1 x dx
du = (2A7 x + A8 )dx,
1 A1 x
v =
e .
A1


A7 x2 + A8 x1 + A9 eA1 x dx

Z
1 A1 x 1
(2A7 x + A8 ) eA1 x dx
A7 x + A8 x + A9 e
A1
A1
!
!
Z
A7 2 A8 1 A9
2A7
A8
A1 x
x + x +
e
x+
eA1 x dx
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1


To evaluate the subtracted integral we must apply Integration by Parts a second

time:
U =
dV =

dU =
V =

!
2A7
A8
x+
eA1 x dx =
A1
A1
=
=

2A7
A8
x+
A1
A1
A1 x
e dx
2A7
dx
A1
1 A1 x
e , so
A1
!
Z
2A7
A8
1 A1 x
2A7 A1 x
e dx
x+
e
A1
A1 A1
A21
!
2A7
A8
2A7
x + 2 e A1 x 3 e A1 x
2
A1
A1
A1
!
2A7
A8 2A7
x + 2 3 eA1 x
2
A1
A1
A1

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5028

Combining our results yields

Z 

A7 x2 + A8 x1 + A9 eA1 x dx
!!
!
A7 2
A8 2A7 1
A9 A8 2A7
=
x +
2 x +

+ 3 eA1 x + C
A1
A1
A1 A21
A1
A1
(b) Remember that you were to differentiate the preceding product of polynomial and
exponential by the Product Rule to show that, indeed, its derivative is the given
integrand.
D.8.4 Solutions to Written Assignment W4
Release Date: March 25th, 2006
Solutions were to be submitted at inside answer sheets to Quiz Q4 , at tutorials during the
week 06 09 March, 2006
The Problems This assignment is based on your WeBWorK assignment R5 . You are asked
to write out complete solutions to the following modifications of your versions of problems on
that assignment. Note that, in some cases, the question asks for more than was asked on the
assignment. You are not permitted to use a Table of Integrals.
1. Problem 10:
(a) Evaluate the following integral with the specific values of the constants given in
your own WeBWorK assignment:
Z
Ex2 + Ex + F
dx .
x3 + Gx2 + Hx + J
HINT: C is a root of the denominator.
(b) No marks will be given unless you verify your integration by differentiating your
answer.
2. Problem 12:
(a) Evaluate the following integral with the specific values of the constants given in
your own WeBWorK assignment:
Z
Bx + C
dx .
(x2 + A2 )2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5029

(b) No marks will be given unless you verify your integration by differentiating your
answer.
3. Problem 16: Determine whether the following integral (with the constants given in your
own WeBWorK assignment) is divergent or convergent. If it is convergent, evaluate it.
If not, prove that fact.
Z A
1
dx .
2
x + 1
In each case your solution should begin by your writing out the full problem with your data,
so your TA does not have to look up your data on the WeBWorK system.
While these problems were generated by WeBWorK, they now constitute a conventional
mathematics assignment, and it does not suffice to make unsubstantiated statements. You are
expected to prove everything you state. Thus, for example, in Problem 10, you have to show
how you use the fact that a certain number is stated to be a root of the denominator.
Remember the rules: McGills Code of Student Conduct and Disciplinary Procedures appears in
the Handbook on Student Rights and Responsibilities (PDF English version - French version). Article
15(a) of the Code, which is devoted to plagiarism, reads as follows:
No student shall, with intent to deceive, represent the work of another person as his or
her own in any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, project or assignment
submitted in a course or program of study or represent as his or her own an entire essay or
work of another, whether the material so represented constitutes a part or the entirety of
the work submitted.
Please dont cause yourself embarrassment and waste everyones time: it isnt worth it, and you really
need to learn how to solve these kinds of problems yourself.

The Solutions
x
1. Under a change of variable of the form u = , the integral reduces to one of the form
A
Z
Ku + L
Ku
du simplifies under a substitution v = u2 to a multiple

2 du. The term 2
2
Zu + 1
Zu + 1
L
dv
. The term
of

du simplifies under a substitution = arctan u,
2
(v + 1)
u2 + 1 2
tan
eventually proving to be a multiple of +
, etc.
2(tan2 + 1)
2. An antiderivative is arctan x. This is evaluated between an upper limit of some constant
A, and a lower limit we may call B. We need to observe that lim arctan B = 2 .
B

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5030

D.8.5 Solutions to Written Assignment W5

Release Date: Solutions were to be submitted inside answer sheets to Quiz Q5 , at tutorials
during the week 20 23 March, 2006
The Problems

This assignment will be graded out of a maximum of 20 MARKS.

Write your student number (9 digits) in the following chart.

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9
Student # :
Some of the digits are to be used in solving the following problems.
1. Consider the curve in the plane defined parametrically by
x(t) = t2 + 1
y(t) = A7 t2 + A8 t + A9
(a) [3 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the slope of the tangent to the curve
at the point with parameter value t = 1.
d2 y
(b) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the value of 2 at the point with
dx
general parameter value t (t , 0). For this problem you must not substitute in any
formula from your class notes or any textbook; you are expected to determine the
2nd derivative by differentiation, for example in the manner similar to that done in
your textbook, Example 1, page 661.
(c) [1 MARK] Determine the range of values of t if there are any such values
where the curve is concave upward.
2. This problem is based on Problem 12 on your WeBWorK assignment R8 . For the given
arc of the given curve,
(a) [8 MARKS] determine the area of the surface of revolution of that arc about the
x-axis;
(b) [2 MARKS] set up an integral for the area of the surface of revolution of that arc
about the y-axis, but, in this case only, do not evaluate the integral.
In each case you are expected to show all your work.
Remember the rules: McGills Code of Student Conduct and Disciplinary Procedures appears in
the Handbook on Student Rights and Responsibilities (PDF English version - French version). Article
15(a) of the Code, which is devoted to plagiarism, reads as follows:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5031

No student shall, with intent to deceive, represent the work of another person as his or
her own in any academic writing, essay, thesis, research report, project or assignment
submitted in a course or program of study or represent as his or her own an entire essay or
work of another, whether the material so represented constitutes a part or the entirety of
the work submitted.
Please dont cause yourself embarrassment and waste everyones time: it isnt worth it, and you really
need to learn how to solve these kinds of problems yourself.

The Solutions
1.

(a)
x(t)
y(t)
dx
dt
dy
dt
dy
dx

dy 

dx t=1
(b)

= t2 + 1
= A7 t2 + A8 t + A9
= 2t
= 2A7 t + A8
dy
dt
dx
dt

2A7 t + A8
2t
A8
= A7 +
2
=

!
d 2A7 t + A8
d2 y
=
dx2
dx
2t
!
d 2A7 t + A8 dt
=

dt
2t
dx
!
d 2A7 t + A8
1
=
dx
dt
2t
! dt
d 2A7 t + A8 1

=
dt
2t
2t
(2A7 )(2t) (2A7 t + A8 )(2)
=
(2t)3
A8
= 3
4t

(c) If the students A8 is 0, the curve is flat. Otherwise it is concave upwards precisely
when t < 0.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

2.

5032

CORRECTED ON 20 MARCH 2006. The following solution is valid only

when K, the upper limit of integration, is sufficiently small. The correct solution is much more complicated, as we need to ensure that the respective
factors cos + sin and sin cos remain positive. I have corrected my
original version by inserting absolute signs. However, the evaluation of these
integrals is complicated when we attempt to break the integral up into parts
based on the signs of these factors. This is certainly more difficult than was
intended from students in this course. Please exercise good judgment in grading the two parts of this problem, and do not expect those students for whom
the upper limit K is large to obtain the correct area.

x()
y()
x0
y0

=
=
=
=

a(cos + sin )
a(sin cos )
a cos
a sin

(x0 )2 + (y0 )2 = |a|

(a) about the x-axis, PROVIDED K IS SUFFICIENTLY SMALL,

Z K
Z K
Z
Area =
2a| sin cos | || d = 2a
sin d
0

!
2

cos d
0

for positive K sufficiently small. We must integrate by parts.

Z
Z
sin d = cos + cos d
= cos + sin
Z +C

Z
2

cos d = 2 sin 2

sin d

= 2 sin + 2 cos 2 sin + C 0

( sin 2 cos ) d = 3 cos + 3 sin 2 sin + C 00

Hence the area of the surface of revolution is 3K cos K + 3 sin K K 2 sin K.
(b) about the y-axis, PROVIDED K IS SUFFICIENTLY SMALL,
!
Z K
Z K
Z K
2
Area =
2a| cos + sin | || d = 2a
cos d +
sin d .
0

D.9 MATH 141 2007 01

The use of written assignments was discontinued in 2007.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5033

E Quizzes from Previous Years

E.1 MATH 141 2007 01
E.1.1 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q1
Distribution Date: Mounted on the Web on 4 February, 2007
corrected 12 February, 2009 subject to further corrections
There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled. Each
type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The order of
the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. All of the quizzes had a heading that
included the instructions
Time = 30 minutes
No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version
1. [5 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
of the function
Z a
g(x) =
b tan(t) dt ,
x

(where a and b are constants). Then use Part 2 of the Fundamental Theorem to evaluate
g(x), by first verifying carefully that ln | sec x| is an antiderivative of tan x.
Solution:
(a) Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem gives the derivative of a definite integral as a
function of its upper index of integration. Here the variable is the lower index of
integration.
Z a
d
b tan(t) dt
dx x
!
Z x
d
=

b tan(t) dt
dx
a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5034

Z x
d
=
b tan(t) dt
dx a
= b tan x .
Some students may quote a variant of Part 1 which gives the derivative of a definite
integral with respect to the lower index, and this should be accepted if work has
been shown.
(b) Students were expected to first find the derivative of ln | sec x|. Since this is a composition of 2 functions, the Chain Rule will be needed. Let u = sec x. Then
d
d
d
ln | sec x| =
ln |u| secx
dx
du
dx
1
=
sec x tan x
u
1
=
sec x tan x
sec x
= tan x .
Hence
g(x) =

b ln | sec t|ax





sec a 
cos x 


 = b ln 
.
= b ln 
sec x 
cos a 

2. [5 MARKS] Find an antiderivative of the integrand of the integral

Zb 

k + `y + my2 dy,
a

(where a, b, k, `, m are constants), and then use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to
evaluate the integral. You are not expected to simplify your numerical answer.
Solution:
(a) One antiderivative of ky0 + `y1 + my2 is
k

y1
y2
y3
+` +m .
1
2
3

(b) Hence
Zb 
a

"
=
=


k + `y + my2 dy

#b
y2
y3
y1
k +` +m
1
2
3 a
!
!
1
2
b
b
b3
a2
a3
a1
k
+`
+m
+`
+m
k
.
1
2
3
1
2
3

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5035

3. [10 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
of the function
Z x
cos t
dt ,
g(x) =
b
t
a
where a, b are constants.
Solution:
(a) Denote the upper index of the integral by u(x) =

x.

(b) Then
Z x
d
d
cos t
b
g(x) =
dt
dx
dx a
t
Z u(x)
d
cos t
b
dt
=
dx a
t
Z u(x)
d
cos t
du(x)
=
b
dt
du a
t
dx
cos u du(x)
= b

u
dx
cos u
1
= b

u
2 x

cos x
1
= b

x
2 x

cos x
= b
2x
4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine all values of x where the curve y =
Zx
1
dt is concave upward, where a, b are constants. (Each version of this
1 + at + bt2
0

quiz contained specific values for the constants a, b.)

Solution:
(a) By Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem,
y0 (x) =

1
.
1 + ax + bx2

(b) Differentiating a second time yields

d
1
y (x) =
dx 1 + ax + bx2
00

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5036


d 
2

1
+
ax
+
bx

1 + ax + bx2 2 dx
a + 2bx
=

.
1 + ax + bx2 2

(c) The curve is concave upward where y00 > 0:

a + 2bx
1 + ax + bx2

2 > 0 (a + 2bx) > 0

since the denominator is a square, hence positive

2bx < a
a

when
b>0
x < 2b

x > 2b
when
b<0

never
concave
upward
when
b
=
0, a > 0

always concave upward when b = 0, a < 0

Tuesday version
Zc
1. [5 MARKS] If

Zc
f (x) dx = k and

Zb
f (x) dx = `, find

f (x) dx. Show your work.

a

Solution:
(a)

Zc

Zb
f (x) dx =

(b) Hence

Zc
f (x) dx +

f (x) dx .

Zc

Zc

Zb

f (x) dx =
b

f (x) dx
a

f (x) dx .
a

(c)
= `k.

2. [5 MARKS] Find an antiderivative of the integrand of the integral

0

x dx, and then

use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to evaluate the integral. You are not expected
to simplify your numerical answer, but no marks will be given unless all your work is
clearly shown.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5037

(a) One antiderivative of x 2 is

1
2

(b)

a
0

1
2 3
1
x 2 +1 = x 2 .
3
+1
"

2 32
x dx =
x
3

#a
=
0

 2 3
2  23
a 0 = a2 .
3
3

3. [10 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
Zx2
of the function
b 1 + tc dt.
a

Solution:
(a) Let the upper index of the integral be denoted by u = x2 . Then
(b)
d
dx

Zx2
b 1 + tc dt =
a

d
dx

Zu
b 1 + tc dt
a

Zu
d
du
=
b 1 + tc dt
du
dx
a

du
= b 1 + uc
dx

c
= b 1 + u 2x

= b 1 + x2c 2x
Z
4. [10 MARKS] If F(x) =
00

find F (2).

t2

f (t) dt, where f (t) =

1

a + ub
du and a, b are constants,
u

Solution:
(a) Applying Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem yields
Z

x2

F (x) = f (x) =
1

a + ub
du .
u

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5038

(b) A second application of Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem yields

d
F (x) = f (x) =
dx
00

x2

a + ub
du .
u

(c) Denote the upper index of the last integral by v = x2 .

(d)
d
dx

x2
1

Z v
a + ub
a + ub
d
du =
du
u
dx 1
u
Z v
a + ub
d
dv
=
du
dv 1
u
dx
b
a+v
dv
=

v
dx
a + vb
=
2x
v
a + x2b
=
2x
2
x

2 a + x2b
=
.
x

Wednesday version
1. [5 MARKS] Use Part 2 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to evaluate the integral
Zb
cos d, where a, b are given integers. No marks will be given unless all your work
a

is clearly shown. Your answer should be simplified as much as possible.

Solution:
(a) One antiderivative of cos is sin .
(b)

Zb
cos d = [sin ]b
a = sin(b) sin(a) .
a

(c) Students were expected to observe that the value of the sine at the given multiples
of is 0, so the value of the definite integral is 0.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

2. [5 MARKS] Express lim

n
X

5039

axi sin xi x as a definite integral on the interval [b, c],

i=1

which has been subdivided into n equal subintervals.

Solution:

ax sin x dx .
b

3. [10 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
of the function
Z bx 2
t +c
g(x) =
dt ,
2
ax t c
where a, b, c are positive integers.
Solution:
(a) The Fundamental Theorem gives the derivative of a definite integral with respect to
the upper limit of integration, when the lower limit is constant. The given integral
must be expressed in terms of such specialized definite integrals.
Z bx 2
Z 0 2
Z bx 2
t +c
t +c
t +c
g(x) =
dt =
dt +
dt
2
2
t2 c
ax t c
ax t c
0
Z ax 2
Z bx 2
t +c
t +c
=
dt +
dt
2
t c
t2 c
0
0
Zbx
(b) For the summand

t2 + c
dt, let u = bx. Then
t2 c

d
dx

Zbx

t2 + c
d
dt =
2
t c
dx

Zu

t2 + c
dt
t2 c

d
du

Zu

du
t2 + c
dt
2
t c
dx

u2 + c du
= 2

u c dx
u2 + c
= 2
b
u c
(bx)2 + c
=
b
(bx)2 c

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z

ax 2

(c) For the summand

step,

5040

t +c
dt, let u = ax. Then, analogously to the preceding
t2 c
Z ax 2
d
t +c
(ax)2 + c
dt
=
a.
dx 0 t2 c
(ax)2 c

(d)
g0 (x) =

(bx)2 + c
(ax)2 + c

a.
(bx)2 c
(ax)2 c

4. [10 MARKS] Find a function f (x) such that

Z x

f (t)
dt = ` x
k+
2
t
a

(24)

for x > 0 and for some real number a; k and ` are constants given in the question,
different constants to different students. (HINT: Differentiate the given equation.)
Solution: A more proper wording of the problem would have been Find a function f (x)
and a real number a such that....
(a) Assume that equation (24) holds. Then differentiation of both sides with respect to
x yields
f (x) 1
1
0+ 2 = ` .
x
2
x
3

(b) We solve the preceding equation to obtain that f (x) = 2` x 2 .

(c) Substitution into equation (24) yields
Z

` x 21
k+
t dt = ` x .
2 a
We know how to integrate powers of t:

`
k+
2 t
cot

#x

= ` x.

(d) The preceding reduces to k = ` a, which may be solved to obtain

k
a=
`

!2
.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5041

Thursday version

Zb
1. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the integral

sin t dt.

Solution:
(a) An antiderivative of sin t is cos t.
(b)

Zb

sin t dt = [ cos t] b
a

(c) [1 MARK] Your answer should be simplified as much as possible.

2. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the Riemann sum for f (z) = ax2 , (0 x 2) with 4 subintervals,
taking the sample points to be the right endpoints. It is not necessary to simplify the final
numerical answer.
Solution:
(a) The interval 0 x 2 is divided by 3 points into 4 subintervals of length x =
2
= 12 .
4

(b) The point

  xi selected in the ith interval will always be the right end-point, i.e.,
xi = i 12 (i = 1, 2, 3, 4).

(c) The Riemann sum is

4
X

f (xi )x

i=1

!
4
1X
i2
=
a
.
2 i=1
4

3. [10 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
Zbx
cos (tc ) dt, where a, b, c are real numbers.
of the function
cos x

Solution:
(a) The Fundamental Theorem gives the derivative of a definite integral with respect to
the upper limit of integration, when the lower limit is constant. The given integral
must be expressed in terms of such specialized definite integrals.
Zbx

Z0
cos (tc ) dt =

cos x

Zbx
cos (tc ) dt +

cos x

cos (tc ) dt
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5042

cos x
Z
Zbx
c
=
cos (t ) dt + cos (tc ) dt
0

Zbx
cos (tc ) dt, let u = bx. Then

(b) For the summand

0

d
dx

Zbx

d
cos (t ) dt =
dx

Zu

cos (tc ) dt
0

d
du

Zu
cos (tc ) dt

du
dx

= cos (uc ) b
= cos ((bx)c ) b
cos x
Z
(c) For the summand
cos (tc ) dt, let v = cos x.
0

d
dx

cos x
Z
cos (tc ) dt =

d
dx

Zv
cos (tc ) dt
0

d
dv

Zv
cos (tc ) dt

dv
dx

= cos (vc ) ( sin x)

= cos (cosc x) ( sin x)
(d)

Zbx
cos (tc ) dt = cos (cosc x) ( sin x) + cos ((bx)c ) b .
cos x

0
if x < 0

Z x

if 0 x a
x
4. [10 MARKS] Let f (x) =
and g(x) =
f (t) dt, where a is

2a x if a < x < 2a

0
if x > 2a
a positive constant. Showing all your work, find a formula for the value of g(x) when
a < x < 2a.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5043

Solution:
(a) The interval where we seek a formula is the third interval into which the domain
has been broken. For x in this interval the integral can be decomposed into
Z x
Z a
Z x
f (t) dt =
f (t) dt +
f (t) dt .
0

The portion of the definition of f for x < 0 is of no interest in this problem, since
we are not finding area under that portion of the curve; the same applies to the
portion of the definition for x > 2a.
(b)
Z

f (t) dt =
0

t dt
"

0
#
2 t=a

t
2

=
t=0

a2
.
2

(c)
Z

f (t) dt =
a

(d)

(2a t) dt
"
#t=x
t2
= 2at
2 t=a
!
!
x2
a2
2
= 2ax
2a
.
2
2
a

!
!
a2
x2
a2
x2
2
g(x) =
+ 2ax
2a
= 2ax
a2 .
2
2
2
2

E.1.2 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q2

Distribution Date: Posted on the Web on 28 February, 2007
Caveat lector! There could be misprints or errors in these draft solutions.
There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled. Each
type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The order of
the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. All of the quizzes had a heading that
included the instructions
Time = 30 minutes

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5044

No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version

1. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the integral

positive integers).

!
1
x +a+ 2
dx, (where a and b are given
x +1
b

Solution:
Z
xb+1
(a)
xb dx =
+ C1 ,
b+1
Z
(b)
a dx = ax + C2
Z
1
(c)
dx = arctan x + C3
2
x +1
!
Z
1
xb+1
b
x +a+ 2
(d)
dx =
+ ax + arctan x + C.
x +1
b+1
Z
2. [5 MARKS] Use a substitution to evaluate the indefinite integral



t2 cos a t3 dt,

(where a is a given real number).

Solution:
(a) Try the substitution u = t3 .
(b) du = 3t2 dt t2 dt = 13 du.
(c)

Z


1
3
cos(a u) du
t cos a t dt =
3
1
= sin(a u) + C
3
1
= sin(a t3 ) + C.
3
(Some students may wish to employ a second substitution v = a u. Alternatively,
a better substitution for the problem would have been to take u = a t3 .)
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5045

3. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola y = x2 , the tangent
line to this parabola at (a, a2 ), and the x-axis, (where a is a given real number).
Solution: This area can be computed by integrating either with respect to y or with
respect to x.
Integrating with respect to y: (a) Since y0 = 2x, the tangent line through (a, a2 ) has
equation
y a2 = 2a(x a) y = 2ax a2 .
(b) To integrate with respect to y we need to express the equations of the parabola
and the line in the form
x = function of y .

The branch of the parabola to the right of the y-axis is x = y. The line has
y
a
equation x =
+ .
2a 2
!
y + a2
(c) The area of the horizontal element of area at height y is
y y.
2a
(d) The area is the value of the integral
!
Z a2
y + a2
y dy .
2a
0
(e) Integration yields
" 2
#a2
!
y
1 1 2 3
ay 2 32
1 3
+
y
=
+ a =
a .
4a
2
3 0
4 2 3
12
Integrating with respect to x: (a) As above, the tangent line is y = 2ax a2 . Its
a
intercept with the x-axis is at x = .
2

a 
(b) The area of the vertical element of area at horizontal position x is x2 0 x.
2 

(c) The area of the vertical element of area at horizontal position x 2a is x2 (2ax a2 ) dx =
(x a)2 x.
(d) The area of the region is the sum
Z a2
Z a
2
(x a)2 dx .
x dx +
a
2

(e) Integration yields

"

x3
3

# a2
0

"

(x a)3
+
3

#a
=
a
2

a3
.
12

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5046

4. [10 MARKS] Find the volume of the solidobtained by rotating the region bounded by
the given curves about the line y = 1: y = n x, y = x, where n is a given positive integer.
Solution: A favoured method of solution was not prescribed.
Using the method of washers: (a) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the
region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).
(b) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution
is a horizontal line, the element of area being rotated is vertical. Forarbitrary
x the lower point on the element is (x, x); the upper point is (x, n x).
n The
distances of these points from the axis are, respectively 1 x and 1 x.
(c) The volume of the washer is, therefore,


(1 x)2 + (1 n x)2 x .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1

(1 x)2 + (1 n x)2 dx

0
Z 1

1
2
2x + x2 + 2x n x n dx
=
0
"
#1
x2
2n n+1
n
n+2
2
= x +
+
xn
xn
3 n+1
n+2
0
!
1
2n
n
(n 1)(n + 4)
= 1 + +

=
3 n+1 n+2
3(n + 1)(n + 2)
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).
(b) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution
is a horizontal line, the element of area being rotated is also horizontal. For
arbitrary y the left endpoint on the element is (yn , y); the right endpoint is (y, y).
The length of the element is, therefore, yyn ; the distances of the element from
the axis of symmetry is 1 y.
(c) The volume of the cylindrical shell element of volume is, therefore,
2(1 y) (y yn ) y .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1
2
(1 y)(y yn ) dy
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

= 2

Z 1
"

5047


yn + yn+1 + y y2 dy

#1
1 n+1
1 n+2 1 2 1 3
= 2
y +
y + y y
n+1
n+2
2
3 0
!
1
1
1 1
= 2
+
+
0
n+1 n+2 2 3
!
1
(n 1)(n + 4)
1
=
= 2
6 (n + 1)(n + 2)
3(n + 1)(n + 2)
Tuesday version
Z
1. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the integral

(a t)(b + t2 ) dt.

Solution:
(a) Expand the product in the integrand:
Z
Z 

2
(a t)(b + t ) dt =
ab bt + at2 t3 dt .
(b) Integrate term by term:
Z 

a
1
b
ab bt + at2 t3 dt = ab t t2 + t3 t4 + C .
2
3
4
Z
2. [5 MARKS] Using a substitution, evaluate the indefinite integral cosn x sin x dx, where
n is a fixed, positive integer.
Solution:
(a) Use new variable u, where du = sin x dx; one solution is u = cos x.
(b)
Z

Z
n

cos x sin x dx =

un du

un+1
+C
n+1
1
=
cosn+1 x + C
n+1
=

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5048

3. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola x = y2 , the tangent
line to this parabola at (a2 , a), and the y-axis, where a is a fixed, positive real number.
Solution: The solution is analogous (under the exchange x y) to that given for Problem 3 of the Monday quiz.
4. [10 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid obtained by rotating the region bounded by
y = xn and x = yn about the line x = 1, where n is a given positive integer.
Solution:
Case I: n is even
Using the method of washers: (a) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).
(b) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being rotated is horizontal. For
1
arbitrary y the farther endpoint on the element is (y n , y); the nearer endpoint is (yn , y). The distances of these points from the axis are, respectively

1 + n y and 1 + yn .
(c) The volume of the washer is, therefore,


(1 + yn )2 + (1 + n y)2 y .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1

(1 + y)2 + (1 + n y)2 dy

0
Z 1

1
2
=
2y n + y n 2yn y2n dy
0
"
#1
2n n+1
n
2
1
n+2
n+1
2n+1
=
yn +
yn
y
y
n+1
n+2
n+1
2n + 1
0
2(n 1)(3n2 + 7n + 3)
=
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) Find the intersections of the curves
bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) =
(0, 0), (1, 1).
(b) Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being
rotated is also vertical. For arbitrary x the top endpoint on the element is
1
(x, x n ); the lower endpoint is (x, xn ). The length of the element is, there1
fore, x n xn ; the distance of the element from the axis of symmetry is
1 + x.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5049

(c) The volume of the cylindrical shell element of volume is, therefore,
 1

2(1 + x) x n xn .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1
1
2
(1 + x)(x n xn ) dx
0
Z 1

1
n+1
= 2
x n xn + x n xn+1 dx
0

n
1
n
1
= 2

n + 1 n + 1 2n + 1 n + 2
2(n 1)(3n2 + 7n + 3)
=
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)

Case II: n is odd

Using the method of washers: (a) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).
Here there is an issue of interpretation. The textbook usually permits the
word region to apply to one that may have more than one component;
some authors would not wish to apply the term in such a situation. I will
follow the textbook, and permit a region here to have two components.
(b) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being rotated is horizontal.
But there are two kinds of elements, depending on whether y is positive
or negative. For arbitrary, positive y the farther endpoint on the element is
1
(y n , y); the nearer endpoint is (yn , y). The distances of these points from

the axis are, respectively 1 + n y and 1 + yn . For arbitrary, negative y the

1
nearer endpoint on the element is (y n , y); the farther endpoint is (yn , y).

The distances of these points from the axis are, respectively 1 + n y and
1 + yn (both of which are less than 1).
(c) The volume of the washer is, therefore,


(1 + yn )2 + (1 + n y)2  y .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1
(1 + y)2 + (1 + n y)2  dy

1
Z 1

1
2
=
2y n + y n 2yn y2n dy
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5050

Z 0


1
2
+
2y n y n + 2yn + y2n dy
1
"
#1
2n n+1
n
2
1
n+2
n+1
2n+1
=
yn +
yn
y
y
n+1
n+2
n+1
2n + 1
0
"
#0
2n n+1
n
2
1
n+2
n+1
2n+1
+
yn
yn +
y +
y
n+1
n+2
n+1
2n + 1
1
2(n 1)(3n2 + 7n + 3) 2(n 1)(n2 + 3n + 1)
=
+
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)
4(n 1)
=
.
n+1
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) Find the intersections of the curves
bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) =
(0, 0), (1, 1).
(b) Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being
rotated is also vertical. For arbitrary, positive x the top endpoint on the el1
ement is (x, x n ); the lower endpoint is (x, xn ); for arbitrary, negative x the
1
bottom endpoint on the element is (x, xn ); the upper
endpoint is (x, xn ).

 1
The length of the element is, therefore,  x n xn ; the distance of the element from the axis of rotation is 1 + x.
(c) The volume of the cylindrical shell element of volume is, therefore,
 1

2(1 + x)  x n xn  .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1

 1
n 

n
2
(1 + x)  x x  dx
1
Z 1

 1
n+1
n
n+1 
= 2
 x n x + x n x  dx
1

!
1
n
1
n

= 2
n + 1 n + 1 2n + 1 n + 2
!
n
1
n
1
+2

+
n + 1 n + 1 2n + 1 n + 2
4(n 1)
=
n+1
Wednesday version

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5051
Z

1. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the indefinite integral

sin 2t
dt.
cos t

Solution:
(a) Apply a double angle formula:
Z
Z
Z
sin 2t
2 sin t cos t
dt =
dt = 2 sin t dt .
cos t
cos t
(b) Complete the integration:
Z
2

sin t dt = 2 cos t + C .
Z

ex
dx, where a is a non-zero
ex + a

2. Using a substitution, evaluate the indefinite integral

real number.
Solution:

(a) [2 MARKS] Try the substitution u = e x + a, so du = e x dx.

(b)

Z
ex
du
dx =
= ln |u| + C = ln |e x + a| + C .
x
e +a
u
(If the constant a is positive, then the absolute signs are not required.)

3. [10 MARKS] Find the number b such that the line y = b divides the region bounded
by the curves y = ax2 and y = k into two regions with equal area, where a, k are given
positive constants.
Solution:
(a) Determine the range of values for integration by finding the
of the
r intersections

k
bounding curves: solving the equations yields the points
, k .
a
(b) Determine the portion of the full area which is below the line y = b. We begin by
repeating
the calculation of the preceding part: the corner points have coordinates
r

b
, b . The area is

a
Z ba

"

ax
b (b ax ) dx = 2 bx 3
a
2

# ba
0

4
= b
3

b
.
a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5052

(c) As a special case of the foregoing, or r

by a separate calculation, we can conclude
4
k
that the area of the entire region is k
.
3
a
(d) The condition of the problem is that
r
r
4
b 1 4
k
b
= k
3
a 2 3
a
3
3
which is equivalent to 4b = k , and implies that the line should be placed where
2
b = 2 3 k.
4. [10 MARKS] Use the method of cylindrical shells to find the volume generated by rotating the region bounded by the given curves about the specified axis.

y= x1 ,
y=0 ,
x=a

about y = b, where a, b are fixed positive constants, and b a 1 .

Solution:
(a) Solve
equations to determine the limits of integration.

 Solving x = a with y =

x 1 yields the single point of intersection a, a 1 .

(b) The horizontal element of area at height y which generates the cylindrical shell has
left endpoint (1 + y2 , y) and right endpoint (a, y), so its length is a (1 + y2 ).
(c) The distance of the horizontal element of area which generates the shell from the
axis of rotation is b y.
(d) Set up the integral for the volume by cylindrical shells:
Z a1


(b y) a (1 + y2 ) dy .
2
0

(e) Evaluate the integral

Z
2
Z

a1
0

= 2
0

a1



(b y) a (1 + y2 ) dy


b(a 1) (a 1)y by2 + y3 dy

# a1
a1 2 b 3 1 4
y y + y
= 2 b(a 1)y
2
3
4 0
!
b
a1
1
3
3
2
2
2
= 2 b(a 1)
(a 1) (a 1) + (a 1)
2
3
4
!

1
2
3
= 2(a 1) 2
b
a1 .
3
4
"

UPDATED TO January 6, 2010

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5053

Thursday version
1. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral by making a substitution:
Z
b
dx ,
(1 + ax)3
where a, b are non-zero constants.
Solution:
(a) A substitution which suggests itself is u = 1 + ax, implying that du = a dx, so
dx = 1a du.
(b)

b
b
dx =
3
(1 + ax)
a

du
b
b
= u2 + C =
+C.
3
u
2a
2a(1 + ax)2
Z
2. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
seca x tan x dx, where a is a constant,
positive integer.
Solution:
(a) Try the substitution given by du = sec xtan x dx, of which one solution is u = sec x.
(b)

Z
a

sec x tan x dx =

ua1 du =

ua
seca x
+C =
+C.
a
a

Some students may have integrated by sight.

3. [10 MARKS] Find the number b such that the line divides the region bounded by the
curves x = ay2 and x = k into two regions with equal area.
Solution: The solution is analogous (under the exchange x y) to that given for Problem 3 of the Wednesday quiz.
4. [10 MARKS] The region bounded by the given curves is rotated about the axis x = 1.
Find the volume of the resulting solid by any method:
y = 5,

y = x2 ax + b

Solution: Because there are constraints on the constants, I will work just one variant,
with a = 3, b = 7.
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) To find the extremes of integration, we
solve the equations y = 5 and y = x2 3x + 7, obtaining (x, y) = (1, 5), (2, 5).

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5054

(b) The height of a vertical element of area which generates a cylindrical shell is,
at horizontal position x, 5 (x2 3x + 7) = x2 + 3x 2.
(c) The distance of that vertical element of area from the axis of revolution is 1+ x.
(d) The volume is given by the integral
Z 2
2
(1 + x)(x2 + 3x 2) dx
1

(e) Evaluating the integral:

(1 + x)(x2 + 3x 2) dx

Z 2

= 2
x3 + 2x2 + x 2 dx
1
#2
"
1 4 2 3 1 2
= 2 x + x + x 2x
4
3
2
1
!
16
1 2 1
= 2 4 +
+24+ +2
3
4 3 2
5
=
6
Using the method of washers (a) To find the lowest point on the parabola, we solve
x2 3x + 7 0. This can be done by completing the square,
! or by using the
3 19
calculus to find the local minimum. We find it to be ,
.
2 4
(b) The horizontal element generating the washer at height y extends between
the solutions in x to the equation y = x2 3x + 7; these are
p
3 4y 19
x=
.
2
(c) The volume of the washer at height y is, therefore,

2
2
p
p

4y

19
4y

19
3
+
3

y
1 +
1 +

2
2
p
= 5 4y 19 y
Z 5p
(d) The volume is given by the integral 5
4y 19 dy.
19
4

(e) Evaluation of the integral:

"
#5
Z 5p
2 1
5
3
4y 19 dy = 5 (4y 19) 2
=
.
5
19
3
4
6
19
4
4

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5055

E.1.3 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q3

Distribution Date: Posted on the Web on 21 March, 2007
Caveat lector! There could be misprints or errors in these draft solutions.
There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled. Each
type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The order of
the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. All of the quizzes had a heading that
included the instructions
Time = 30 minutes
No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version
Z
1. [6 MARKS] Evaluate the integral

t3 eat dt, where a is a non-zero constant.

Solution: This problem requires several consecutive applications of integration by parts

to reduce the exponent of the power of t to 0:
1
u = t3 , dv = eat dt du = 3t2 dt, v = eat
Z
Z a
1
3

t3 eat dt =
t3 eat
t2 eat dt
a
a
1
U = t2 , dV = eat dt dU = 2t dt, V = eat
! a
Z
Z
1
3
6
3 at
3
2
at

t e dt =
t 2t e + 2
teat dt
a
a
a
1
u = t, dv = eat dt du = dt, v = eat
a
!
Z
Z
1
3
6
6
3 at
3
2
at

t e dt =
t 2 t + 3t e 3
eat dt
a
a
a
a
!
1 3 3 2 6
6 at
=
t 2 t + 3t 4 e + C
a
a
a
a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5056

the correctness of which integration may be verified by differentiation of the product on

the right.
2. [8
Z MARKS] Showing all your work, find a reduction formula for the indefinite integral
cosn ax dx, where a is a non-zero constant, and n is an integer not less than 2.
Solution:
(a) Introduce a symbol for the general indefinite integral sought:
Z
In =
cosn ax dx
(b) Integration by parts:
u = cosn1 ax du = a(n 1) cosn2 ax sin ax dx
1
dv = cos ax dx v = sin ax
a
Z
1
n1
cos ax sin ax + (n 1) cosn2 ax sin2 ax dx
In =
a
Z


1
n1
=
cos ax sin ax + (n 1) cosn2 ax 1 cos2 ax dx
a
1
=
cosn1 ax sin ax + (n 1)In2 (n 1)In .
a
(c) Solve the last equation for In
n1
1
sin ax cosn1 ax +
In2 + C .
an
n
Z
1
3. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
dx , where a is

x 2 x 2 a2
a non-zero constant.
In =

Solution: The following solution uses a trigonometric substitution; it is also possible to

solve this problem using a hyperbolic substitution.
As is customary, I will proceed mechanically, taking square roots where necessary without much attention to the sign choices; and then verify at the end by differentiation that
this process has produced a valid indefinite integral. This procedure can be made rigorous by defining the new variable in terms of an inverse trigonometric function of x. This
is a useful exercise, but becomes extremely complicated in this case, because we would
have to work with either the inverse cosine or the inverse secant, and the textbook we

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5057

are using chooses different domains for these two functions. So I will avoid the niceties
and proceed as described.
I propose to use a substitution which provides that x = a sec . Then
dx = a sec tan d ,
and

dx =

x2 x2 a2
=
=
=
=

Z
1
cos d
a2
1
sin + C
a2
1
tan cos + C
a2
sec2 1
+C
2
a sec
x2 a2
+C,
a2 x

the correctness of which integration may be verified by differentiation of the quotient on

the right.
Z `
x(x a)(x b) + c
4. [8 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
dx,
(x a)(x b)
k
where a, b are distinct constants, c is a non-zero constant, and the limits of integration
k, ` are also prescribed. (The integrand was not presented to students in factored form.)
Solution:
(a) Since the degree of the numerator is not less than the degree of the denominator,
begin by dividing the denominator into the numerator, obtaining a quotient and a
remainder:
Z
Z
x(x a)(x b) + c
c
dx =
x+
dx .
(x a)(x b)
(x a)(x b)
(b) Expand the fraction into partial fractions. Assume that
c
A
B
=
+
,
(x a)(x b) x a x b
take to a common denominator, and equate the resulting polynomials:
c = A (x b) + B (x a) .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5058

(c) Now either equate coefficients of like powers of x, or, equivalently, give x successive values x = a and x = b:
c
c = A(a b)
A=
= B .
c = B(b a)
ab
(d) The integration reduces to
Z
Z
x(x a)(x b) + c
dx =
(x a)(x b)

!
c
1
c
1
x+

dx .
ab xa ab xb

(e) Complete the integration:

Z
x(x a)(x b) + c
x2
c
dx =
+
(ln |x a| ln |x b|) + C
(x a)(x b)
2 ab


c
x a 
x2

+C,
+
ln 
=
2 a b  x b
the correctness of which integration may be verified by differentiation of the function on the right.
(f) Provided it is convergent the given definite integral can now be evaluated:
Z

`
k


#`
x2
c
x a 


+
ln 
2 a b  x b k



!
c
` a 
k a 
`2 k2


 ln 

+
ln 
=
2
ab
` b
k b

!
`2 k2
c
(` a)(k b) 


=
+
ln 
2
ab
(` b)(k a) 

x(x a)(x b) + c
dx =
(x a)(x b)

"

(g) All of the preceding is based on the integral being convergent. In some of the
versions the integral was divergent. This was because at least one of the roots of
the polynomial which is the denominator of the integrand was contained in the
interval of integration. In such a case the integral can be seen to diverge.
1

Z3
5. [4 MARKS] Evaluate the integral
1

earctan y
dy . I have stated the problem with just one
1 + y2

pair of possible limits for the integral; the variations of the problem included several
possible limits in each case, for each of which students should have been familiar with
the arctangent.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5059

Solution: For simplicity, I work a specific instance of this problem. Use the substitution
dy
u = arctan y, so du =
. Then an antiderivative can be obtained as follows
1 + y2
Z arctan y
Z
e
dy =
eu du = eu + C = earctan y + C
1 + y2
so the definite integral is equal to
h

earctan y

i 1

= e 6 e 4 .

Alternatively, the substitution may be executed in the definite integral, replacing the
lower limit of 1 by arctan(1) = 4 , and the upper limit of 13 by arctan 13 = 6 .
Tuesday version

1. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

x2 cos ax dx, where a is a

non-zero constant.
Solution: Two applications of integration by parts will be used to reduce the exponent
of the power of x to 0.
(a)
u = x2 du = 2x dx
1
dv = cos ax dx v = sin ax
a
Z
Z
2
x
2
2
x cos ax dx =
sin ax
x sin ax dx
a
a
(b)
U = x dU = dx
1
dV = sin ax dx V = cos ax
a
!
Z
Z
2
x
2 x
1
2
x cos ax dx =
sin ax cos ax +
cos ax dx
a
a a
a
Z
x2
2
2
=
sin ax + 2 x cos ax 2
cos ax dx
a
a
a
x2
2
2
=
sin ax + 2 x cos ax 3 sin ax + C
a
a
a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5060

The integration can be checked by differentiation of the alleged antiderivative.

Z
2. [9 MARKS] Showing all your work, find a reduction formula for the integral
xn eax dx,
where a is a non-zero constant.
Solution:
(a) Introduce a symbol for the general indefinite integral sought:
Z
In =
xn eax dx .
(b) Integration by parts:
u = xn du = nxn1 dx
1
dv = eax dx v = eax
a
Z
1 ax n
In =
e
xn1 eax dx
a
a
1 ax n
=
e In1 .
a
a
which is the desired reduction formula.
3. [4 MARKS] Showing your work, evaluate the integral

Z
sin3 ax cos2 ax dx, where a is

a non-zero constant.
Solution: This integral is easily evaluated by a substitution giving du = constant
sin ax dx. So a convenient substitution is u = cos ax, which yields du = a sin ax dx.
Z
Z
du
3
2
sin ax cos ax dx =
sin2 ax u2
a
Z 

du
=
1 cos2 ax u2
a
Z 

du
=
1 u2 u2
a
Z 

1
=
u4 u2 du
a
!
1 u5 u3
=

+C
a 5
3
!
1 cos5 ax cos3 ax

=
+C,
a
5
3

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5061

which integration may be checked by differentiation. (Of course, there are other, equivalent ways of expressing this indefinite integral.)
Z
x3
4. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
dx, where a is a

x 2 + a2
given non-zero constant.
Solution: To simplify the surd in the denominator one may use either a trigonometric
or a hyperbolic substitution. For students in this course a trigonometric substitution is
usually a better choice. To arrange that x = a tan u, we use a substitution
x
u = arctan ,
(25)
a
and dx = a sec2 u du. We may assume that a > 0. The interval of validity for substitution
(25) is 2 < x < 2 , in which the secant is positive.
Z
Z 3 3
x3
a tan u
a sec2 u du
dx =

2
2
|a
sec
u|
x +a
Z
3
= a
tan2 u sec u tan u du
Z 
 d
3
= a
sec2 u 1
sec u du
du
!
3
3 sec u
= a
sec u + C
3
effectively by substitution U = sec u
p
1
(a tan u)2 2a2 (a tan u)2 + a2 + C
=
3

1 2
=
x 2a2 x2 + a2 + C
3
which integration may be verified by differentiation.
5. [9 MARKS] (To simplify the exposition of theZ solution, I work a specific example here.)
x + 21
dx.
Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
(x + 9)(x 5)
Solution: Since the degree of the numerator is less than that of the denominator, we can
dispense with the first step of dividing denominator into numerator.
(a) We need to expand the integrand into a sum of partial fractions; fortunately the
factorization of the denominator has been given. Assuming there are constants
A, B such that
A
B
x + 21
=
+
(x + 9)(x 5) x + 9 x 5

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5062

and transforming all fractions to have a common denominator, we find that

x + 21 = A(x 5) + B(x + 9) .
(b) The values of A, B may be obtained either by comparing coefficients of like powers
of x, or by assigning to x successively the convenient values 5, -9: we obtain that
13
7
6
12 = 14A A = .
7
26 = 14B B =

(c) We may now complete the integration:

!
Z
Z
x + 21
1
6
13

dx
dx =
+
(x + 9)(x 5)
7
x+9 x5
1
= (6 ln(x + 9) + 13 ln(x 5)) + C
7
which can also be expressed in other, equivalent ways. This integration may be
verified by differentiation.
Wednesday version
Za
(x2 + 1)ex dx , where a is a given constant.

1. [4 MARKS] Showing your work, evaluate

0

Solution: I will integrate by parts twice, in order to reduce the degree of the polynomial
factor of the integrand.
(a) First integration by parts:
u = x2 + 1 du = 2x dx
dv = ex dx v = ex
Za
h
i Z a
2
x
2
x
a
(x + 1)e dx = (x + 1) e
+
2x ex dx .
0

(b) Second integration by parts:

U = 2x dU = 2 dx
dV = ex dx V = ex
Za
h
i Z a
2
x
2
x
a
(x + 1)e dx = (x + 1 + 2x) e
+
2 ex dx .
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5063

(c) Completion of the integration:

Za
(x2 + 1)ex dx =

(x2 + 2 + 2x) ex

ia
0

= (a2 + 2a + 3)ea + 3.

Z2

sinn ax dx,

2. [9 MARKS] Showing all your work, find a reduction formula for the integral
0

where a is a given integer.

Solution: Assume n is an integer greater than 1.
(a) Introduce a symbol for the definite integral sought:
Z 2
sinn ax dx .
In =
0

(b) Integration by parts:

cos ax
dx
a
u = sinn1 ax du = a(n 1) sinn2 ax cos ax dx
# 2
"
Z 2
1
n1
sinn2 ax cos2 ax dx
In = sin ax cos ax + (n 1)
a
0
0

dv = sin ax dx v =

(c) Decomposition of integral:

Z 2
Z 2


n2
2
sin ax cos ax dx =
sinn2 ax 1 sin2 ax dx
0
0
Z 2
Z 2
n2
=
sin ax dx
sinn ax dx
0

= In2 In
(d) Solution of equation to obtain reduction formula
# 2
"
1
n1
In = sin ax cos ax + (n 1) (In2 In )
a
0
# 2
"
1
n1
nIn = sin ax cos ax + (n 1)In2
a
0
1
n1
In = (0 0) +
In2
n
n

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5064

Because of the choice of limits and the fact that a is an integer, the net change is
0. Thus we obtain a very simple relationship, which can be solved. Students were
not asked to complete this part of the solution. For example, it is possible to prove
by induction that, if n = 2m, an even, positive integer, then
2m 1 2m 3
3

. . . I0
2m
2m 2
2
(2m)!
= m
.
4 m!m! 2

I2m =

(This is Exercise 44, page 481 in the textbook.)

Z

x2

3. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

a2 x 2

non-zero constant.

23 dx, where a is a

Solution: Without limiting generality we take a > 0. A trigonometric substitution can

simplify this integral. One such substitution would have x = a sin u; more precisely,
u = arcsin ax , defined for 2 x 2 , in which interval the cosine and secant are
positive. Then dx = a du 2 .
1u

x2
a2 x 2

32

a2 sin2 u
a cos u du
a3 cos3 u
Z 
Z 


2
=
tan u du =
sec2 u 1 du
=

= tan u u + C
sin u
u+C
=
cos u
sin u
= p
u+C
2
1 sin u
x
x
= q a
arcsin + C
2
a
1 ax2
x
x
=
arcsin + C
a
a2 x 2
which may be verified by differentiation.
Z

x(x a)(x b) + c
dx,
(x a)(x b)
k
where a, b, k, ` are distinct constants such that the integrand is defined throughout the

4. [9 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5065

given interval, and c is a non-zero constant. (The integrand was not presented to students
in factored form.)
Solution:
(a) Since the degree of the numerator is not less than the degree of the denominator,
begin by dividing the denominator into the numerator, obtaining a quotient and a
remainder:
Z
Z
x(x a)(x b) + c
c
dx =
x+
dx .
(x a)(x b)
(x a)(x b)
(b) Expand the fraction into partial fractions. Assume that
c
A
B
=
+
,
(x a)(x b) x a x b
take to a common denominator, and equate the resulting polynomials:
c = A (x b) + B (x a) .
(c) Now either equate coefficients of like powers of x, or, equivalently, give x successive values x = a and x = b:
c
c = A(a b)
A=
= B .
c = B(b a)
ab
(d) The integration reduces to
Z
Z
x(x a)(x b) + c
dx =
(x a)(x b)

!
c
1
c
c
x+

dx .
ab xa ab xb

(e) Complete the integration:

Z
x2
c
x(x a)(x b) + c
dx =
+
(ln(x a) ln(x b)) + C
(x a)(x b)
2 ab
c
xa
x2
+
ln
+C,
=
2 ab xb
the correctness of which integration may be verified by differentiation of the function on the right.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5066

(f) Evaluate the definite integral

" 2
#`
Z `
x
c
x(x a)(x b) + c
dx =
+
(ln |x a| ln |x b|)
(x a)(x b)
2 ab
k
k
" 2
#`
x
c
xa
=
+
ln
2 ab xb k


2
` k2
c
(` a)(k b) 


=
+
ln 
2
a b  (` b)(k a) 
Z
5. [4 MARKS] Showing all work, evaluate the integral
sin3 ax dx, where a is a positive
integer.
Solution:
Z
Z 

3
sin ax dx =
1 cos2 ax sin ax dx
under substitution u = cos ax, where du = a sin ax dx
1
=
(1 u2 )( ) du
a
!
3
u
1
+C
= u
a
3
cos ax cos3 ax
=
+
+C.
a
3a
Z

Thursday version
Z

1. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

e t dt.
a

2
Solution: Begin with a substitution t = u, so t = u , dt = 2u du. When t = a, u = a,
etc.:
Z
Z
t
e dt =
2ueu du .
Now apply integration by parts:
U = u dU = du
dVZ = 2eu du V = 2eu Z
2ueu du = u 2eu

2eu du

= u 2eu 2eu + C = 2(u 1)eu + C

= 2( t 1)e t + C

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5067

h
ib
The definite integral given is then equal to 2( t 1)e t .
a

2. [9 MARKS] Showing all your work, find a reduction formula for the integral

(ln(ax + 1))n dx,

where a is a given, positive constant.

Solution: This problem is a slight generalization of Exercise 45, p. 481 in the textbook,
an odd-numbered problem for which there is a solution in the Student Solutions Manual,
and also hints on one of the CD-Roms supplied with the textbook.
(a) Introduce a symbol for the definite integral sought:
In = (ln(ax + 1))n dx .
(b) Change the variable (a step which is helpful, but not necessary)
u = ax + 1 duZ= a dx
1
(ln u)n du
In =
a
(c) Integration by parts:
U = (ln u)n dU = n(ln u)n1
dV = 1 du V = u
In

1
u

Z
n

= u(ln u) n

(ln u)n1 du
Z
n

= (ax + 1)(ln(ax + 1)) na

(ln(ax + 1))n1 dx

= (ax + 1)(ln(ax + 1))n na In1

Z
3. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
cos4 at dt, where a is a
given non-zero constant.
Solution: We have to apply the following double angle identity twice:
cos 2 = 2 cos2 1 .
Z

!2
1 + cos 2at
cos at dt =
dt
2
!
Z
Z
Z
1
2
=
cos 2at dt + 2 cos 2at dt + 1 dt
4
Z

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5068

!
Z
Z
Z
1
1 + cos 4at
=
dt + 2 cos 2at dt + 1 dt
4
2
1 1
1 1
3
=

sin 4at +
sin 2at + t + C
8 4a
2 2a
8
1
1
3
=
sin 4at +
sin 2at + t + C
32a
4a
8
which may be verified by differentiation. (Of course, the integral may be expressed in
other ways under transformation by trigonometric identities.)
Z
dx
4. [4 MARKS] Showing your work, evaluate the integral
, where a is a given

x x2 + a
positive integer, not a perfect square.
Solution: The surd in the denominator may be simplified by either a trigonometric or a
hyperbolic substitution. For students in this course the trigonometric substitutions are
usually easier.

x = a tan dx = a sec2 d
Z
Z
dx
sec2 d
=
.

tan a | sec |
x x2 + a
The actual substitution is given by = arctan xa , valid for 2 < x < 2 . In that interval
the secant function is positive, so the absolute signs may be dropped. The integral is
equal to
Z
1
1
csc d = ln | csc cot | + C

a
a


1
sec 1 

+C
= ln 
tan 
a


 tan2 1 
1
 + C
= ln 
tan

a 


 x2 + a a 
1
 + C
= ln 
x

a 
which can be verified by differentiation.
Z`
5. [9 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
k

x(x a)(x b) + c
dx,
(x a)(x b)

where a, b, k, ` are distinct constants such that a, b are not contained in the interval whose
end-points are k, `, and c is a non-zero constant.
Solution: I will first determine an indefinite integral.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5069

(a) Since the degree of the numerator is not less than the degree of the denominator,
begin by dividing the denominator into the numerator, obtaining a quotient and a
remainder:
Z
Z
c
x(x a)(x b) + c
dx =
x+
dx .
(x a)(x b)
(x a)(x b)
(b) Expand the fraction into partial fractions. Assume that
c
A
B
=
+
,
(x a)(x b) x a x b
take to a common denominator, and equate the resulting polynomials:
c = A (x b) + B (x a) .
(c) Now either equate coefficients of like powers of x, or, equivalently, give x successive values x = a and x = b:
c
c = A(a b)
A=
= B .
c = B(b a)
ab
(d) The integration reduces to
Z
Z
x(x a)(x b) + c
dx =
(x a)(x b)

!
c
1
c
c
x+

dx .
ab xa ab xb

(e) Complete the integration:

Z
x(x a)(x b) + c
x2
c
dx =
+
(ln |x a| ln |x b|) + C
(x a)(x b)
2 ab


x2
c
x a 

+C,
=
+
ln 
2 a b  x b
the correctness of which integration may be verified by differentiation of the function on the right.
(f)

`
k

" 2

 #`
x
c
x a 
x(x a)(x b) + c


dx =
+
ln 
(x a)(x b)
2 a b  x b k

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5070

E.1.4 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q4

Distribution Date: Posted on the Web on 06 April, 2007; corrected on 09 April, 2007.
Caveat lector! There could be misprints or errors in these draft solutions.
There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled. Each
type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The order of
the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. Each version of the quiz was graded
out of a maximum of 30 marks, but 2 of the versions had 5 problems and 2 had 4 problems.
All of the quizzes had a heading that included the instructions
Time = 30 minutes
No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version
1. [6 MARKS] Showing all of your work, find the length of the following curve for the
interval 0 < a u b :
!
eu + 1
y = ln u
.
e 1
Solution:
(a)
dy
eu 1 eu (eu 1) (eu + 1)eu
= u
dx
e +1
(eu 1)2
2eu
= 2u
e 1
!2
!2
dy
e2u + 1
= coth2 u
1+
=
2u
dx
e 1
(b)

arc length =
a

dy
1+
dx

!2

du =

| coth u| du
a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5071

(c) Successful completion of the integration:

Z b
Z b
| coth u| du =
coth u du
a

since a < b
[ln sinh u]ba
sinh b
eb eb
= ln
= ln a
sinh a
e ea

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0
1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

Figure 1: The limacon r = 1 + 2 sin

2. [10 MARKS] (see Figure 1 on page 5071) The graph of the following curve is given.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5072

Showing detailed work, find the area that is enclosed between the inner and the outer
loops: r = a(1 + 2 sin ), where a is a positive constant.
Solution:
(a) Determination of the limits of integration: we need first to locate where the curve
crosses itself. Since its formula is in terms of sin , the curve is periodic with period
(at most) 2. As ranges over the values from 0 to 2, the values r() range over
uniquely determined values. How then can the curve cross itself? This can happen
either
i. at points (r(1 ), 1 ) and (r(1 + ), 1 + ) where r(1 + ) = r(1 ); or
ii. at the pole, where r = 0 for two distinct values of .
The first possibility would, for the present curve, require that
1 + 2 sin(1 + ) = (1 + 2 sin 1 )
which is equivalent to
2 + 2 sin 1 + 2 sin(1 + ) = 0
which is equivalent to 2 = 0, a contradiction. Thus the present curve can cross
itself only at the pole. That occurs where 1 + 2 sin = 0, i.e., where sin = 12 .
The values of satisfying this equation are 2n 6 and (2n+1)+ 6 , where n is any
integer. The outer loop of this limacon is traced out, for example, for 6 7
.
6
7
11
The inner loop is traced for 6 6 .
(b) The area of the region bounded by the larger, outer loop is
Z

7
6

7
6

= a

7
6

= a

a2
=
2

7
6

1
(1 + 2 sin )2 d
2

1 
1 + 4 sin + 4 sin2 d
2
1
(1 + 4 sin + 2 2 cos 2) d
2
(3 + 4 sin 2 cos 2) d

7
a2
[3 4 cos sin 2]6
6
2
!
2
7
7


a 7
a2 
4 cos
sin
4 cos
sin
=

2 2
6
3
2
2
6
3

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5073

3
3

.
= a2 2 +
2
(c) The area of the inner loop is
Z 11
6 1
2
a
(1 + 2 sin )2 d
7
2
6
11
a2
[3 4 cos sin 2] 76
2
6
!
!
a2 11
11
11
a2 7
7
7
=
4 cos
sin

4 cos
sin
2 2
6
3
2 2
6
3

3 3
.
= a2
2

(d) The area of the region between the loops is the excess of the area inside the outer
loop over the area inside the inner loop, i.e.,

3
3
3
3

2

a2 2 +
= a ( + 3 3) .
2
2
Note that a cleaner way of solving this problem would have been to first integrate
from 0 to 2, which would give the area between the loops plus twice the area
inside the smaller loop; and then to subtract twice the area inside the smaller loop.
This method is better because the first integral is very easy to evaluate, since the
periodic terms contribute nothing.
This curve is discussed in Exercise 10.4.21, on page 683 of the textbook, and is solved
in the Student Solutions Manual and also on one of the CD-Roms which accompany the
textbook.
3. [4 MARKS] Showing full details of your work, find the exact length of the curve x =
et + et , y = a 2t, 0 t b, where a, b are constants.
Solution:
dx
dt

!2

dy
+
dt

!2

2
et et + 4

2
et + et
Z b


arc length =
et + et dt
=

0
t

e et

b
0

= eb eb = 2 sinh b .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5074

4. [4
!) the value of the limit for the sequence. If it diverges, prove that fact:
( MARKS] Find
3n
arctan
.
3n + 1
3n
1
Solution: As n , 3n+1
= 1 3n+1
1. Since the arctangent function is continuous
at the point 1, the limit of the sequence is the arctangent of 1, i.e., 4 .

5. [6 MARKS] The given curve

 is rotated about the y-axis. Find the area of the resulting
surface: x = 2 1 2 y2 ln y , (1 y a), where a is a real constant greater than 1.
Solution:
(a)
!
dx
1
1
=
2y
dy
y
2 2
!2
!
dx
1
1
2
1+
= 1 + 4y + 2 4
dy
8
y
!
1
1
2
=
4y + 2 + 4
8
y
!!2
1
1
=
2y +
y
2 2
(b)
surface area =
=
=
=
(c) One way to integrate

!2
dx
2x 1 +
dy
dy
1
!
Z

a 2
1
y ln y 2y +
dy
4 1
y
!
Z
a
ln y
3
2y + y 2y ln y
dy
4 1
y
#a
"
Z
y4 y2 1
a
2
+ (ln y)
y ln y dy
4 2
2 2
2 1
1

y ln y dy is by parts, with u = ln y, v0 = y: u0 = 1y , v =
Z

Z
y2
y
y ln y dy =
ln y
dy
2
2
y2
(2 ln y 1) + C .
=
4

y2
,
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5075

Another way is to use the substitution w = y2 , so dw = 2y dy, ln w = 2 ln y:

Z
Z
Z
ln w dw 1
1
y ln y dy =

=
ln w dw = w (ln w 1) + C etc.
2
2
4
4
Thus the surface area is
#a
"
2 3
1
y2
2
y + ln y (ln y) (2 ln y 1)
4 3
2
4
1
!
4
2
2
a
a
1
a
2
=
+
(ln a) (2 ln a 1) 1
4 2
2 2
4
Tuesday version
3

1. [4 MARKS] Showing detailed work, find the arc length function for the curve y = ax 2
with starting point P0 (1, a), where a is a positive constant. That is, find a function f (x)
whose value is the distance along the curve from the starting point to the point with
abscissa x.
Solution:
(a)
dy
3
= a x
dx
2
!2
dy
9a2 x
1+
= 1+
dx
4
(b)
Z

f (x) =

r
1+

9a2 t
dt
4

! 3 x
2 2
2 4

9a
t

= 2 1 +
3 9a
4
1

3 
3
2 2
4 + 9a x 4 + 9a2 2
=
.
27a2
2. [6 MARKS] Showing detailed work, find the area of the surface obtained by rotating the
following curve about the x-axis:
x2 ln x

(a x b)
4
2
where a, b are two positive real constants, a < b.
y=

Solution:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5076

(a)
!
dy
1
1
=
x
dx
2
x
!2
!
dy
1 2 1
1+
= 1+
x + 2 2
dx
4
x
!
1 2 1
=
x + 2 +2
4
x
!!2
1
1
=
x+
2
x
(b)
surface area =
=
=
=
(c) One way to integrate

!2
dy
2y 1 +
dx
dx
a
!
!
Z b 2
x
ln x
1

x+
dx

4
2
x
a
!
Z b 3
x
x x ln x ln x

dx
4 4
2
2x
a
"
#b
Z b
1 4 x2 1
2

x +
(ln x)
x ln x dx
16
8 4
a
a
Z

x ln x dx is by parts, with u = ln x, v0 = x: u0 = 1x , v =
Z

Z
x2
x
x ln x dx =
ln x
dx
2
2
x2
(2 ln x 1) + C .
=
4

Another way is to use the substitution w = x2 , so dw = 2x dx, ln w = 2 ln x:

Z
Z
Z
ln w dw 1
1
x ln x dx =

=
ln w dw = w (ln w 1) + C etc.
2
2
4
4
Thus the surface area is
"

x2
x4 x3 1
+
(ln x)2 (2 ln x 1)

16 8 4
4

#b
a

x2
,
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5077

3. [4 MARKS] Find the exact length of the curve given by

x = et cos t

y = et sin t

(0 t a)

where a is a positive constant.

Solution:
(a)
dx
= et (cos t sin t)
dt
dy
= et (sin t + cos t)
dt
!2
!2
dx
dy
+
= e2t (2 cos2 t + 2 sin2 t) = 2e2t
dt
dt
(b) The arc length is

2e dt = 2(ea 1) .

4. [10 MARKS] Working only with polar coordinates, find the area of the region that lies
inside the first curve and outside the second curve: r = b sin , r = a, where a and b are
positive constants.
Solution:
(a) Both of these curves are circles; we need to determine the coordinates of the points
of intersection. Solving the equations yields
a
.
b


One point of intersection will be (r, ) = a, arcsin ba . Another point of intersection


will be (r, ) = a, arcsin ab remember that the values of the arcsine function
h
i
are in the interval 2 , 2 . It appears from a drawing that we have all the points of
intersection. If we solve the equation r = a with r = b sin we obtain precisely
the same points, albeit with different coordinates. If we attempt to replace the
equation r = b sin with that obtained under the identification (r, ) (r, + )
there is no change. This algebraic investigation discloses all possible points of
intersection except the pole, which must be checked separately. But the pole cannot
lie on r = a, since the pole has first coordinate 0 always. Thus we have, indeed,
found all the points of intersection.
r=a

sin =

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5078

(b) The area bounded by the arcs can be considered to consist of the disk r = b sin
diminished by a sector of the circle r = a for arcsin ba arcsin ab , together
with two small segments of the disk r = b sin bounded by the rays = arcsin ab
and = arcsin ab . What I have provided is one prescription for computing the
area. An easier way would be to take the integral
a
Z

1 arcsin b 
(b sin )2 a2 d
2 arcsin ab
Z 2


=
(b sin )2 a2 d
arcsin

a
b

by symmetry around the line = 2

!
!
Z 2
2 1 cos 2
2
=
b
a d
2
arcsin ba
!
!
Z 2
b2
b2
2
=
a cos 2 d
2
2
arcsin ba
" 2
!
# 2
b
b2
2
=
a sin 2
2
4
arcsin ab

2
2 
b 2a
a
a 2
=
arcsin +
b a2
2
2
b
2
5. [6 MARKS] Determine whether the series is convergent or divergent. If it is convergent,
)
(
X
b
find its sum. Otherwise prove that it is divergent:
, where a, b are positive
n(n + a)
n=1
integers.
Solution:
(a) Expand the general term into partial fractions: there exist constants A, B such that
b
A
B
= +
.
n(n + a) n n + a
To determine the coefficients A, B we can proceed in several ways. If we take the
fractions to a common denominator n(n + a), we obtain the polynomial identity
b = A (N + A) + b a .
In this identity, if we set the variable n equal to a, we obtain that b = B(a), so
B = ab ; and, setting n = 0, we obtain A = ba , hence
!
b 1
1
b
=

.
n(n + a) a n n + a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5079

(b) For sufficiently large N the Nth partial sum is equal to

N
X
n=1

b
=
a
b

b
n(n + a)

1 1
1
1
1
1
+ + ... +

...
1 2
a1 N+1 N+2
N+a
!
1 1
1
+ + ... +
0 0 ... 0
1 2
a1

as N . Hence the series converges to the sum

!
b 1 1
1
+ + ... +
.
a 1 2
a1
Convergence could be proved in other ways, thereby earning the student part marks. For
example, using the Comparison or Limit Comparison Tests, or the Integral Test.
Wednesday version
1. [10 MARKS] Showing detailed work, find all points different from the origin on the
following curve where the tangent is horizontal; a is a positive constant:
x = a(cos cos2 ),

y = a(sin sin cos ) .

Solution:
(a)
dx
=
d
=
dy
=
d
=
=

a ( sin 2 cos ( sin ))

a(sin )(2 cos 1)


a cos + 2 cos2 2 sin2


a cos + 2 cos2 1
a(2 cos + 1)(cos 1)

Actually, you werent expected to find

dx
.
dt

(b) There will be a horizontal tangent at the point with parameter value t if
i.e., if

dy
d
dx
d

= 0, implying that

dy
d

must be 0, provided

dx
d

dy
dx

= 0,

, 0 at the same value of t.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5080

(This last requirement is subtle, and you werent expected to actually check it. It is
because of this restriction that I explicitly excluded the origin from consideration.)
The equations we have to solve are
cos = 1
and

1
cos = .
2
They are not being solved simultaneously: we are looking for points t that satisfy
at least one meaning, here, either of the equations.

(c) The first of these equations is satisfied when is an even integer multiple of . But
this parameter value corresponds always to the origin, which was excluded from
consideration.
(d) The second is satisfied when is of the form
1
(2n + 1) .
3
(e) The functions defining this curve are all periodic with period 2. Thus we can
study the curve completely by examining its behavior for parameters chosen over
an interval of length 2, e.g. 0 < 2. There are precisely 3 points here where
dy
= 0:
d
(x(0), y(0)) = (0, 0)

!
!!
a 3 3a
2
2

x
,y
= ,
3
3
4
4

!
!!
a 3 3a
4
4
.
x
,y
= ,
3
3
4
4
Of these, you were specifically instructed to exclude the first, which is the origin.
2. [5 MARKS] Showing detailed work determine the total length of the portion of the
following curve which is in the first quadrant: x = a cos3 , y = a sin3 , where a is a
positive constant.
Solution:
dx
= 3a cos2 sin
d
dy
= 3a sin2 cos
d

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

dx

!2

dy
+
d

!2

5081



= 9a2 sin2 cos2 cos2 + sin2
= 9a2 sin2 cos2 .

The curve is in the first quadrant when both coordinates are positive; as each of these is
a cube of a sine or cosine, this means that the portion of the curve in the first quadrant is
that given by 0 2 . The length of the arc is
Z

Z
9a2 sin cos2 d =

"

sin2
3a sin cos d = 3a
2

# 2
=
0

3a
.
2

3. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region that lies inside both of the following curves
r = a + 2 sin , r = a 1, where a is a suitable positive constant.
Solution:
(a) Determination of the limits of integration: we need first to locate where the curves
cross. We begin by solving the two given equations, and find that
1
7
sin = =
2
6

or

11
6

or any angle obtained from these by adding an integer multiple of 2. This yields
the points
!
!
7
11
a 1,
,
a 1,
.
6
6
Students werent expected to pursue this question further. Strictly speaking, they
should then have solved r = a + 2 sin , r = (a 1), which would have yielded no
points; then solved r = a + 2 sin , r = a 1, which would again yield no points;
then r = a + 2 sin , r = (a 1), which would have yielded the 2 points already
found.
(b) This problem could then be approached in several ways. To find the area directly
would require finding the sum of the integrals
1
2
and
1
2

7
6
pi
6

11
6
7pi
6

(a 1)2 d

(a + 2 sin )2 d .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5082

The first of these is just 2/3 of the area of a disk of radius a 1, i.e.,
second is
Z 11
6
1
(a + 2 sin )2 d
2 7pi6
Z 11

6 
1
=
a2 + 4a sin + 2(1 cos 2) d
2 7pi6
i 11
1h 2
=
a 4a cos + 2 sin 2 76
2
6

2
1 2
=
a 2 3a +
.
3
3

2(a1)2
.
3

The

(Another way to solve this would be to find the area of the disk of radius a 1 and
subtract from it the portion that is cut off.
These integrals could have been slightly more efficiently computed by taking only
the area up to the y-axis and doubling it.)
Hence the net area of the region inside both of the curves is
!

4
5 2
4
a
+2 3 +
.
9
3
3
4. [5 MARKS] Showing detailed work, determine whether the following series is convergent or divergent. If it is convergent, find its sum. Otherwise explain why it diverges:

X
an + bn
n=1

(ab)n

where a, b are integers greater than 1.

Solution: The nth term is
1
an =
b

!n

1
+
a

!n
.

The nth partial sum is, therefore, the sum of the partial sums of two geometric series;
both of the geometric series are convergent, since the common ratios are less than 1
in magnitude. Since the two separate partial sums approach a limit, the sum of these
sequences approaches as its limit
sum of the limits of the two sequences. In the case
 the
1 n
of the series whose nth term is b , the limit of the partial sums is
1
b

1
b

1
;
b1

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5083

1
. Hence the given series sums to the sum of these
similarly, the second series sums to a1
limits, i.e.
1
1
a+b2
+
=
.
b 1 a 1 (a 1)(b 1)

Thursday version
1. [10 MARKS] The curve x = a(1 2 cos2 t), y = (tan t)(1 2 cos2 t), where a is a
given positive integer, crosses itself at some point (x0 , y0 ). Showing all your work, find
the point of crossing, and the equations of both tangents at the point. (In determining
the point of crossing you are expected to investigate the parametric functions: it is not
sufficient to simply plot a finite number of points on the curve.)
Solution:
(a) Since the functions are all periodic with period , it suffices to take an interval of
this length for t, and that will reveal all aspects of the behavior of this curve. (More
precisely, the tangent function has period , and, while the cosine function has
period 2, its square has period .) So, without limiting generality, lets consider
2 t 2 : we have to exclude both end points of this interval, since the tangent
function is not defined at either of them.
Suppose that the curve crosses itself at the points with parameter values t = t1 and
t = t2 ; without limiting generality, we can assume that these parameter values have
been so labelled that t1 < t2 . Since the x-coordinates will need to be the same,
a(1 2 cos2 t1 ) = a(1 2 cos2 t2 )

(26)

cos t1 = cos t2 .

(27)

so
Since the y-coordinates must also coincide, we also have
(tan t1 )(1 2 cos2 t1 ) = (tan t2 )(1 2 cos2 t2 )
which implies that either
cos2 t1 = cos2 t2 =
or
tan t1 = tan t2 .

1
,
2

(28)

(29)
(30)

In the interval we have chosen for t, the cosines are always positive; the only solution to (29) is t1 = 4 , t2 = + 4 . In that same interval for t there will be no solutions
to (30), since the tangent function is increasing there. Thus the only possible crossing points are t = 4 , and the point of crossing is the origin, (x, y) = (0, 0). While it

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5084

isnt required in the solution, note that as t 2 , x 1: this curve is asymptotic

to the vertical line x = 1.
(b) Tangent at the point with parameter value t = 4 :
dx
dt
y
dy
dt
dy
dx

= 4a(cos t)(sin t) = 2a sin 2t = 2a

= (tan t)(1 2 cos2 t) = tan t sin 2t
= sec2 t 2 cos 2t = 2 0
=

dy
dt
dx
dt

2
1
= ,
2a
a

and the tangent has equation y = ax .

(c) Tangent at the point with parameter value t = 4 :
dx
= 4a(cos t)(sin t) = 2a sin 2t = 2a
dt
dy
= sec2 t 2 cos 2t = 2 0
dt
dy
dy
2
1
dt
=
= dx
= ,
dx
2a a
dt
and the tangent has equation y = ax .
2. [5 MARKS] Showing detailed work, find the surface area generated by rotating the
following curve about the y-axis.
x = at2 ,

y = bt3 ,

0 t 5.

Solution:
dx
= 2at
dt
dy
= 3bt2
dt
!2
!2
dx
dy
+
= 4a2 t2 + 9b2 t4
dt
dt
Z 5

area about y-axis = 2

at2 4a2 t2 + 9b2 t4 dt
0
Z 5
= 2a
t3 4a2 + 9b2 t2 dt
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5085

Under the substitution u = 4a2 + 9b2 t2 ,

du = 18b2 t dt
Z 4a2 +225b2
5

a
3
1
3
2
2
2
2a
t 4a + 9b t dt =
(u 2 4a2 u 2 ) du
4
81b 4a2
0
"
#4a2 +225b2
a 2 52 8a2 32
=
u
u
81b4 5
3
4a2


2a
2
2 23
2
2
5
=
(4a
+
225b
)
(2a
+
675b
)

16a
(81)(15)b4
= ...
Z

3. [10 MARKS] There is a region in the first quadrant that is bounded by arcs of both of
the following curves. Showing your work in detail, find the area of the region:
r2 = a sin 2

r2 = a cos 2 .

Solution:
(a) The given curves are expressed only in terms of sine and cosine of 2. The given
functions are periodic with period . When, for either of these curves, we permit
to range over an interval of length , we will trace out the entire curves. The
intersections of the curves in the first quadrant will be where sin 2 = cos 2 is
positive: thus the only point we have found by this algebraic solution of the two
equations is at = 8 .
However there are other ways in which curves can intersect, since points have
infinitely many different sets of polar coordinates. If we transform either of the
given equations under the substitution (r, ) (r, + ), we find that there is
no change in the equation. Thus we havent missed any points because of the
convention that permits the first coordinate to be negative.
But there is another situation that leads to multiple sets of coordinates; that is at the
pole, where the second angular coordinate is totally arbitrary; the pole can
lie on a curve simply because of the fact that its distance coordinate r = 0, with no
reference to . To determine whether the pole lies on a curve we must investigate
whether the equation is satisfied by r = 0 with any value of . We find the curve
r2 = a sin 2 does contain the pole: when r = 0 the equation is satisfied by any
such that sin 2 = 0; so two solutions are = 0 and = 2 . Similarly, the pole lies
on the curve r2 = a cos 2 with = 4 . I have given only the coordinates in the first
quadrant. To summarize: there are 2 intersection points in the first quadrant:
 1 1 
(r, ) = a 2 2 4 ,
4

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5086

where the point lies on both of the curves with the same pair of coordinates; and
the pole, which lies on the two curves with different sets of coordinates.
 
(b) We can find the area by joining the point 4 a , 8 to the pole and calculating the
2
sum of two integrals:

a
a
[ cos 2]04 +
[sin 2] 2
4
4
4

Z
Z
a 2
a 4
sin 2 d +
cos 2, d
2 0
2 4
a a a
=
+
=
.
4
4
2

4. [5 MARKS] Showing detailed work, express the number below as a ratio of integers.
0.ab = 0.abababab...
where a, b are any two digits. You are expected to simplify your answer as much as
possible.
Solution: The repeating decimal is the sum of an infinite series
!
!
!
!
10a + b
10a + b 1
10a + b 1
10a + b 1
+
+
+
+ ...
100
100
100
100
1002
100
1003
!
N
X
10a + b 1
= lim
N
100
100n
n=0
!
!n
N
X
1
10a + b
lim
=
100 N n=0 100
 N+1
!
1
1 100
10a + b
=
lim
1
100 N 1 100
!
10a + b
1
=
1
100
1 100
!
10a + b 100 10a + b
=
=
100
99
99

E.2 MATH 141 2008 01

E.2.1 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q1
Release Date: Mounted on the Web on Friday, 01 February, 2008 (but subject to correction)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5087

There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled. Each
type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The order of
the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. All of the quizzes had a heading that
included the instructions
Time = 30 minutes
No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version
Zc
1. [5 MARKS] If

Zc
f (x) dx = k and

Zb
f (x) dx = `, find

f (x) dx. Show your work.

a

Solution:
(a)

Zc

Zb
f (x) dx =

(b) Hence

Zc
f (x) dx .

f (x) dx +

Zc

Zc

Zb

f (x) dx =
b

f (x) dx
a

f (x) dx .
a

(c)
= k `.

2. [5 MARKS] Find an antiderivative of the integrand of the integral

0

x dx, and then

use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to evaluate the integral. You are not expected
to simplify your numerical answer, but no marks will be given unless all your work is
clearly shown.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5088

(a) One antiderivative of x 2 is

1
2

(b)

1
2 3
1
x 2 +1 = x 2 .
3
+1
"

2 32
x dx =
x
3

#a
=
0

 2 3
2  23
a 0 = a2 .
3
3
Zx4

3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, differentiate the function g(x) =
tan x

1
dt.

2 + t2

Solution:
(a) First split the interval of integration into 2 parts at a convenient place:
Z0
g(x) =
tan x

1
dt +

2 + t2

Zx4

1
dt .

2 + t2

(b) Then reverse the limits in the first summand and change its sign, so that the variable
limit is the upper one:
tan x
Z

g(x) =
0

1
dt +

2 + t2

Zx4
0

1
dt .

2 + t2

(c) Denote the upper limit of the first integral by u = tan x. Then
d
dx

tan x
Z

d
dt =

du
2 + t2
=

Zu

1
u2

1
2 + t2

dt

du
dx

sec2 x

2+
2 sec x tan x 2 sec x tan x
=
=
.
1 + sec2 x
2 + tan2 x
(d) Denote the upper limit of the second integral by v = x4 . Then
d
dx

Zx4
0

d
dt =

dv
2 + t2
1

Zv
0

dv
1
dt

dx
2 + t2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5089
=
=

1
4x3

2
2+v
4x3
.

2 + x8

(e) Hence

d
4x3
2 sec x tan x
.
+
g(x) =
dx
2 + x8
2 + tan2 x
Z x
Z t2
a + ub
4. [10 MARKS] If F(x) =
f (t) dt, where f (t) =
du and a, b are constants,
u
1
1
find F 00 (2).
Solution:
(a) Applying Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem yields
Z

x2

F (x) = f (x) =
1

a + ub
du .
u

(b) A second application of Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem yields

d
F (x) = f (x) =
dx
00

x2

a + ub
du .
u

(c) Denote the upper index of the last integral by v = x2 .

(d)
d
dx

x2
1

Z v
a + ub
a + ub
d
du =
du
u
dx 1
u
Z v
d
a + ub
dv
=
du
dv 1
u
dx
b
a+v
dv
=

v
dx
b
a+v
=
2x
v
a + x2b
2x
=
2
x

2 a + x2b
.
=
x

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5090

Tuesday version
1. [5 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
of the function
Z a
b tan(t) dt ,
g(x) =
x

(where a and b are constants). Then use Part 2 of the Fundamental Theorem to evaluate
g(x), by first verifying carefully that ln | sec x| is an antiderivative of tan x.
Solution:
(a) Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem gives the derivative of a definite integral as a
function of its upper index of integration. Here the variable is the lower index of
integration.
Z a
d
b tan(t) dt
dx x
!
Z x
d
b tan(t) dt
=

dx
a
Z x
d
=
b tan(t) dt
dx a
= b tan x .
Some students may quote a variant of Part 1 which gives the derivative of a definite
integral with respect to the lower index, and this should be accepted if work has
been shown.
(b) Students were expected to first find the derivative of ln | sec x|. Since this is a composition of 2 functions, the Chain Rule will be needed. Let u = sec x. Then
d
d
d
ln | sec x| =
ln |u| secx
dx
du
dx
1
sec x tan x
=
u
1
=
sec x tan x
sec x
= tan x .
Hence
g(x) =

b ln | sec t|ax





sec a 
cos x 


 = b ln 
.
= b ln 
sec x 
cos a 

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5091

2. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the limit by first recognizing the sum as a Riemann sum for a
function defined on [0, 1]:
r
r
r
r
1 7
14
21
7n
lim
+
+
+ ... +
.
n n
n
n
n
n
Solution:
(a) We are told to take the interval of integration to be [0, 1]; when this is divided into
1
n equal parts, each has length x = . Such a factor has been explicitly written in
n
the sum.
r
7i
(b) The typical summand is aside from the common factor 1n of the form
.
n
Since the distance of the left end-point of the ith subinterval from 0 is ix = ni , we
r
7i
may interpret
= 7x .
n
(c) Thus the limit must be equal to
#
Z 1
2 3 1 2
7x dx = 7 x 2 =
7.
3
3
0
0
3. [10 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
of the function
Z x
cos t
g(x) =
b
dt ,
t
a
where a, b are constants.
Solution:
(a) Denote the upper index of the integral by u(x) =

x.

(b) Then
Z x
d
d
cos t
g(x) =
dt
b
dx
dx a
t
Z u(x)
d
cos t
=
dt
b
dx a
t
Z u(x)
d
du(x)
cos t
=
dt
b
du a
t
dx
cos u du(x)

= b
u
dx

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5092

cos u
1

u
2 x

cos x
1
= b

x
2 x

cos x
= b
2x
= b

4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine all values of x where the curve y =
Zx
1
dt is concave downward, where a, b are constants.
1 + at + bt2
0

Solution:
(a) By Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem,
y0 (x) =

1
.
1 + ax + bx2

(b) Differentiating a second time yields

!
1
d
y (x) =
dx 1 + ax + bx2

d 
1
2

1
+
ax
+
bx
=

1 + ax + bx2 2 dx
a + 2bx
=

.
1 + ax + bx2 2
00

(c) The curve is concave downward where y00 < 0:

a + 2bx
1 + ax + bx2

2 > 0 (a + 2bx) > 0

since the denominator is a square, hence positive
2bx < a

when b > 0
x < 2ba

a
when b < 0
x>

never concave2bupward when b = 0

Wednesday version

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5093

Zb
1. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the integral

sin t dt.

Solution:
(a) An antiderivative of sin t is cos t.
(b)

Zb

sin t dt = [ cos t] b
a

(c) Your answer should be simplified as much as possible.

2. [5 MARKS] Evaluate the following limit by first recognizing the sum as a Riemann
n
X
i8
. A full solution is required it is not
sum for a function defined on [0, 1]: lim
9
n
n
i=1
sufficient to write only the value of the limit.
Solution:
(a) We are told to take the interval of integration to be [0, 1]; when this is divided into
1
n equal parts, each has length x = .
n
 i 8
1
(b) The typical summand is aside from the common factor of the form
.
n
n
i
Since the distance of the left end-point of the ith subinterval from 0 is ix = , we
n
 i 8
8
may interpret
=x .
n
(c) Thus the limit must be equal to
Z

1
0

1
x dx = x9
9

#1

=
0

1
.
9

3. [10 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
Zbx
of the function
cos (tc ) dt, where a, b, c are real numbers.
cos x

Solution:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5094

(a) The Fundamental Theorem gives the derivative of a definite integral with respect to
the upper limit of integration, when the lower limit is constant. The given integral
must be expressed in terms of such specialized definite integrals.
Zbx

Z0

Zbx

cos (tc ) dt =
cos x

cos (tc ) dt +
cos x

cos (tc ) dt
0

cos x
Z

Zbx

cos (tc ) dt +

=
0

cos (tc ) dt
0

Zbx
cos (tc ) dt, let u = bx. Then

(b) For the summand

0

d
dx

Zbx

d
cos (t ) dt =
dx

Zu

cos (tc ) dt
0

d
du

Zu
cos (tc ) dt

du
dx

= cos (uc ) b
= cos ((bx)c ) b
cos x
Z
(c) For the summand
cos (tc ) dt, let v = cos x.
0

d
dx

cos x
Z
cos (tc ) dt =

d
dx

Zv
cos (tc ) dt
0

d
dv

Zv
cos (tc ) dt

dv
dx

= cos (vc ) ( sin x)

= cos (cosc x) ( sin x)
(d)

Zbx
cos (tc ) dt = cos (cosc x) ( sin x) + cos ((bx)c ) b .
cos x

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5095

0
if x < 0

Z x

if 0 x a
x
and g(x) =
f (t) dt, where a is
4. [10 MARKS] Let f (x) =

2a x if a < x < 2a

0
if x > 2a
a positive constant. Showing all your work, find a formula for the value of g(x) when
a < x < 2a.
Solution:
(a) The interval where we seek a formula is the third interval into which the domain
has been broken. For x in this interval the integral can be decomposed into
Z x
Z a
Z x
f (t) dt =
f (t) dt +
f (t) dt .
0

The portion of the definition of f for x < 0 is of no interest in this problem, since
we are not finding area under that portion of the curve; the same applies to the
portion of the definition for x > 2a.
(b)
Z

f (t) dt =
0

t dt
"

0
#
2 t=a

t
2

=
t=0

a2
.
2

(c)
Z

f (t) dt =
a

(d)

Thursday version

(2a t) dt
"
#t=x
t2
= 2at
2 t=a
!
!
x2
a2
2
= 2ax
2a
.
2
2
a

!
!
a2
x2
a2
x2
2
g(x) =
+ 2ax
a2 .
2a
= 2ax
2
2
2
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5096

1. [5 MARKS] Use Part 2 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to evaluate the integral
Zb
cos d, where a, b are given integers. No marks will be given unless all your work
a

is clearly shown. Your answer should be simplified as much as possible.

Solution:
(a) One antiderivative of cos is sin .
(b)

Zb
cos d = [sin ]b
a = sin(b) sin(a) .
a

(c) Students were expected to observe that the value of the sine at the given multiples
of is 0, so the value of the definite integral is 0.
2. [5 MARKS] Express lim

n
X

axi sin xi x as a definite integral on the interval [b, c],

i=1

which has been subdivided into n equal subintervals.

Solution:

ax sin x dx .
b

3. [10 MARKS] Use Part 1 of the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus to find the derivative
of the function
Z bx 2
t +c
g(x) =
dt ,
2
ax t c
where a, b, c are positive integers.
Solution:
(a) The Fundamental Theorem gives the derivative of a definite integral with respect to
the upper limit of integration, when the lower limit is constant. The given integral
must be expressed in terms of such specialized definite integrals.
Z 0 2
Z bx 2
Z bx 2
t +c
t +c
t +c
dt =
dt +
dt
g(x) =
2
2
t2 c
ax t c
0
ax t c
Z ax 2
Z bx 2
t +c
t +c
=
dt +
dt
2
t c
t2 c
0
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Zbx
(b) For the summand

5097

t2 + c
dt, let u = bx. Then
t2 c

d
dx

Zbx

t2 + c
d
dt
=
t2 c
dx

Zu

t2 + c
dt
t2 c

d
du

Zu

t2 + c
du
dt
2
t c
dx

0
2

u + c du

u2 c dx
u2 + c
= 2
b
u c
(bx)2 + c
b
=
(bx)2 c
=

ax 2

(c) For the summand

step,

t +c
dt, let u = ax. Then, analogously to the preceding
t2 c
Z ax 2
d
t +c
(ax)2 + c
dt
=
a.
dx 0 t2 c
(ax)2 c

(d)
g0 (x) =

(bx)2 + c
(ax)2 + c

a.
(bx)2 c
(ax)2 c
Zx3

4. [10 MARKS] Find the derivative of the function f (x) =

t cos t dt.

Solution:
(a) First split the interval of integration into 2 parts at a convenient place:
Z0
f (x) =

t cos t dt +

Zx3
0

t cos t dt

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5098

(b) Then reverse the limits in the first summand and change its sign, so that the variable
limit is the upper one:

Zx
f (x) =

t cos t dt +

Zx3
0

(c) Denote the upper limit of the first integral by u =

d
dx

Zx

t cos t dt .

d
t cos t dt =
dx

Zu

x. Then

t cos t dt

d
du

Zu

du
t cos t dt
dx

du
=
u cos u
dx
q

1
=
x cos x
2 x

cos x
.
=
1
2x 4
(d) Denote the upper limit of the second integral by v = x3 . Then
d
dx

Zx3

t cos t dt =

d
dx

Zv

t cos t dt

d
dv

Zv

dv
t cos t dt
dx

dv
v cos v
 dx


3
=
x cos x3 3x2
 
7
= 3x 2 cos x3
=

(e) Hence

 
cos x
d
7
2 cos x3 .
f (x) =
+
3x
1
dx
2x 4

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5099

E.2.2 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q2

Distribution Date: Mounted on the Web on Monday, March 03rd, 2008
Caveat lector! There could be misprints or errors in these draft solutions.
There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled. Each
type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The order of
the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. All of the quizzes had a heading that
included the instructions
Time = 30 minutes
No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the volume of thesolid obtained by rotating
about the line y = 1 the region bounded by the curves y = n x and y = x, where n is a
given positive integer.
Solution: A favoured method of solution was not prescribed.
Using the method of washers: (a) The solution I am giving is for the case where n
is even.
(b) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).
(c) Its not clear from the wording of the problem whether it was intended, in the
case of odd n, to permit the second intersection point (x, y) = (1, 1); the
decision was left to the individual TAs. The remainder of this solution covers
the case of even n; for odd n this solution does not consider the solid generated
by rotating the region with vertices (x, y) = (1, 1), (0, 0).
(d) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution
is a horizontal line, the element of area being rotated is vertical. Forarbitrary
x the lower point on the element is (x, x); the upper point is (x, n x).
The
distances of these points from the axis are, respectively 1 x and 1 n x.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5100

(e) The volume of the washer is, therefore,



(1 x)2 + (1 n x)2 x .
(f) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1

(1 x)2 + (1 n x)2 dx

0
Z 1

1
2
=
2x + x2 + 2x n x n dx
0
"
#1
n
2n n+1
x2
n+2
2
= x +
+
xn
xn
3 n+1
n+2
0
!
1
2n
n
(n 1)(n + 4)
= 1 + +

=
3 n+1 n+2
3(n + 1)(n + 2)
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) The solution I am giving is for the case
where n is even.
(b) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).
(c) Its not clear from the wording of the problem whether it was intended, in the
case of odd n, to permit the second intersection point (x, y) = (1, 1); the
decision was left to the individual TAs. The remainder of this solution covers
the case of even n; for odd n this solution does not consider the solid generated
by rotating the region with vertices (x, y) = (1, 1), (0, 0).
(d) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution
is a horizontal line, the element of area being rotated is also horizontal. For
arbitrary y the left endpoint on the element is (yn , y); the right endpoint is (y, y).
The length of the element is, therefore, yyn ; the distances of the element from
the axis of symmetry is 1 y.
(e) The volume of the cylindrical shell element of volume is, therefore,
2(1 y) (y yn ) y .
(f) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1
2
(1 y)(y yn ) dy
0
Z 1

= 2
yn + yn+1 + y y2 dy
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5101

#1
1 n+1
1 n+2 1 2 1 3
= 2
y +
y + y y
n+1
n+2
2
3 0
!
1
1
1 1
= 2
+
+
0
n+1 n+2 2 3
!
1
(n 1)(n + 4)
1
= 2
=
6 (n + 1)(n + 2)
3(n + 1)(n + 2)
"

Z
2. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

(a t)(b + t2 ) dt.

Solution:
(a) Expand the product in the integrand:
Z
Z 

2
(a t)(b + t ) dt =
ab bt + at2 t3 dt .
(b) Integrate term by term:
Z 

b
a
1
ab bt + at2 t3 dt = ab t t2 + t3 t4 + C .
2
3
4
3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine a number b such that the line x = b
divides into two regions of equal area the region bounded by the curves x = ay2 and
x = k.
Solution: The solution is analogous (under the exchange x y) to that given for Problem 1 of the Tuesday quiz.
4. [5
Showing all your work, use a substitution to evaluate the indefinite integral
Z MARKS]
ex
dx, where a is a non-zero real number.
ex + a
Solution:
(a) Try the substitution u = e x + a, so du = e x dx.
(b)

Z
du
ex
dx =
= ln |u| + C = ln |e x + a| + C .
x
e +a
u
(If the constant a is positive, then the absolute signs are not required.)
Z

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5102

Tuesday version
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find a number b such that the line y = b divides
the region bounded by the curves y = ax2 and y = k into two regions with equal area,
where a, k are given positive constants.
Solution:
(a) Determine the range of values for integration by finding the
of the
r intersections

k
bounding curves: solving the equations yields the points
, k .
a
(b) Determine the portion of the full area which is below the line y = b. We begin by
repeating
r
the calculation of the preceding part: the corner points have coordinates

b , b . The area is
a
Z ba

"

ax3
2
(b

ax
)
dx
=
2
bx

3
ba

# ba
0

4
= b
3

b
.
a

(c) As a special case of the foregoing, or r

by a separate calculation, we can conclude
4
k
that the area of the entire region is k
.
3
a
(d) The condition of the problem is that
r
r
4
b 1 4
k
b
= k
3
a 2 3
a
which is equivalent to 4b3 = k3 , and implies that the line should be placed where
2
b = 2 3 k.
2. [10 MARKS] The region bounded by the curves y = 5 and y = x2 ax + b is rotated
about the axis x = 1. Showing all your work, find the volume of the resulting solid.
Solution: Because there are constraints on the constants, I will work just one variant,
with a = 3, b = 7.
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) To find the extremes of integration, we
solve the equations y = 5 and y = x2 3x + 7, obtaining (x, y) = (1, 5), (2, 5).
(b) The height of a vertical element of area which generates a cylindrical shell is,
at horizontal position x, 5 (x2 3x + 7) = x2 + 3x 2.
(c) The distance of that vertical element of area from the axis of revolution is 1+ x.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5103

(d) The volume is given by the integral

Z 2
2
(1 + x)(x2 + 3x 2) dx
1

(e) Evaluating the integral:

Z

(1 + x)(x2 + 3x 2) dx

=
=
=
=

Z 2

2
x3 + 2x2 + x 2 dx
1
"
#2
1 4 2 3 1 2
2 x + x + x 2x
4
3
2
1
!
16
1 2 1
2 4 +
+24+ +2
3
4 3 2
5
6

Using the method of washers (a) To find the lowest point on the parabola, we solve
x2 3x + 7 0. This can be done by completing the square,
! or by using the
3 19
calculus to find the local minimum. We find it to be ,
.
2 4
(b) The horizontal element generating the washer at height y extends between
the solutions in x to the equation y = x2 3x + 7; these are
p
3 4y 19
x=
.
2
(c) The volume of the washer at height y is, therefore,

2
2
p
p

4y

19
4y

19
3
+
3

1 +
y
1 +

2
2
p
= 5 4y 19 y
Z 5p
(d) The volume is given by the integral 5
4y 19 dy.
19
4

(e) Evaluation of the integral:

"
#5
Z 5p
2 1
5
3
5
4y 19 dy = 5 (4y 19) 2
=
.
19
3
4
6
19
4
4

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5104

3. [5
Z MARKS] Showing all your work, use a substitution to evaluate the indefinite integral
cosn x sin x dx, where n is a fixed, positive integer.
Solution:
(a) Use new variable u, where du = sin x dx; one solution is u = cos x.
(b)
Z

Z
n

cos x sin x dx =

un du

un+1
+C
n+1
1
=
cosn+1 x + C
n+1
Z
4. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
xb + a +
=

a and b are given positive integers).

!
1
dx, (where
x2 + 1

Solution:
Z
xb+1
(a)
xb dx =
+ C1 ,
b+1
Z
(b)
a dx = ax + C2
Z
1
(c)
dx = arctan x + C3
x2 + 1
!
Z
1
xb+1
b
(d)
x +a+ 2
dx =
+ ax + arctan x + C.
x +1
b+1
Wednesday version
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the volume of the solid obtained by rotating
about the line x = 1 the region bounded by y = xn and x = yn , where n is a given
positive integer.
Solution:
Case I: n is even
Using the method of washers: (a) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5105

(b) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being rotated is horizontal. For
1
arbitrary y the farther endpoint on the element is (y n , y); the nearer endpoint is (yn , y). The distances of these points from the axis are, respectively

1 + n y and 1 + yn .
(c) The volume of the washer is, therefore,


(1 + yn )2 + (1 + n y)2 y .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1


(1 + y)2 + (1 + n y)2 dy
0
Z 1

1
2
=
2y n + y n 2yn y2n dy
0
"
#1
n
2
2n n+1
1
n+2
n+1
2n+1
=
yn +
yn
y
y
n+1
n+2
n+1
2n + 1
0
2
2(n 1)(3n + 7n + 3)
=
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) Find the intersections of the curves
bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) =
(0, 0), (1, 1).
(b) Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being
rotated is also vertical. For arbitrary x the top endpoint on the element is
1
(x, x n ); the lower endpoint is (x, xn ). The length of the element is, there1
fore, x n xn ; the distance of the element from the axis of symmetry is
1 + x.
(c) The volume of the cylindrical shell element of volume is, therefore,
 1

2(1 + x) x n xn .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1
1
2
(1 + x)(x n xn ) dx
0
Z 1

n+1
1
= 2
x n xn + x n xn+1 dx
0

n
1
n
1
= 2

n + 1 n + 1 2n + 1 n + 2
2(n 1)(3n2 + 7n + 3)
=
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5106

Case II: n is odd

Using the method of washers: (a) Find the intersections of the curves bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) = (0, 0), (1, 1).
Here there is an issue of interpretation. The textbook usually permits the
word region to apply to one that may have more than one component;
some authors would not wish to apply the term in such a situation. I will
follow the textbook, and permit a region here to have two components.
(b) Find the inner and outer dimensions of the washer. Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being rotated is horizontal.
But there are two kinds of elements, depending on whether y is positive
or negative. For arbitrary, positive y the farther endpoint on the element is
1
(y n , y); the nearer endpoint is (yn , y). The distances of these points from

the axis are, respectively 1 + n y and 1 + yn . For arbitrary, negative y the

1
nearer endpoint on the element is (y n , y); the farther endpoint is (yn , y).

The distances of these points from the axis are, respectively 1 + n y and
1 + yn (both of which are less than 1).
(c) The volume of the washer is, therefore,


(1 + yn )2 + (1 + n y)2  y .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1
(1 + y)2 + (1 + n y)2  dy

1
Z 1

1
2
2y n + y n 2yn y2n dy
=
0
Z 0

1
2
2y n y n + 2yn + y2n dy
+
1
"
#1
2n n+1
n n+2
2 n+1
1
2n+1
n
n
=
y +
y
y
y
n+1
n+2
n+1
2n + 1
0
"
#0
2n n+1
n
2
1
n+2
n+1
2n+1
+
yn
yn +
y +
y
n+1
n+2
n+1
2n + 1
1
2(n 1)(3n2 + 7n + 3) 2(n 1)(n2 + 3n + 1)
+
=
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)
(n + 1)(n + 2)(2n + 1)
4(n 1)
=
.
n+1
Using the method of cylindrical shells: (a) Find the intersections of the curves
bounding the region. Solving the 2 equations yields the points (x, y) =
(0, 0), (1, 1).

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5107

(b) Since the axis of revolution is a vertical line, the element of area being
rotated is also vertical. For arbitrary, positive x the top endpoint on the el1
ement is (x, x n ); the lower endpoint is (x, xn ); for arbitrary, negative x the
1
bottom endpoint on the element is (x, xn ); the upper
endpoint is (x, xn ).

 1
The length of the element is, therefore,  x n xn ; the distance of the element from the axis of rotation is 1 + x.
(c) The volume of the cylindrical shell element of volume is, therefore,
 1

2(1 + x)  x n xn  .
(d) Correctly evaluate the integral:
Z 1
 1

2
(1 + x)  x n xn  dx
1
Z 1

 1
n+1
n
n+1 
n
n
= 2
 x x + x x  dx
1

!
n
1
n
1
= 2

n + 1 n + 1 2n + 1 n + 2
!
n
1
n
1
+2

+
n + 1 n + 1 2n + 1 n + 2
4(n 1)
=
n+1
Z
sin 2t
2. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the indefinite integral
dt.
cos t
Solution:
(a) Apply a double angle formula:
Z
Z
Z
sin 2t
2 sin t cos t
dt =
dt = 2 sin t dt .
cos t
cos t
(b) Complete the integration:

Z
2

sin t dt = 2 cos t + C .

3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the region bounded by the parabola
y = x2 , the tangent line to this parabola at (a, a2 ), and the x-axis, (where a is a given real
number).
Solution: This area can be computed by integrating either with respect to y or with
respect to x.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5108

Integrating with respect to y: (a) Since y0 = 2x, the tangent line through (a, a2 ) has
equation
y a2 = 2a(x a) y = 2ax a2 .
(b) To integrate with respect to y we need to express the equations of the parabola
and the line in the form
x = function of y .

The branch of the parabola to the right of the y-axis is x = y. The line has
y
a
equation x =
+ .
2a 2
!
y + a2
(c) The area of the horizontal element of area at height y is
y y.
2a
(d) The area is the value of the integral
!
Z a2
y + a2
y dy .
2a
0
(e) Integration yields
" 2
#a2
!
y
1 1 2 3
ay 2 32
1 3
+
y
=
+ a =
a .
4a
2
3 0
4 2 3
12
Integrating with respect to x: (a) As above, the tangent line is y = 2ax a2 . Its
a
intercept with the x-axis is at x = .
2

a 
(b) The area of the vertical element of area at horizontal position x is x2 0 x.
2 

(c) The area of the vertical element of area at horizontal position x 2a is x2 (2ax a2 ) dx =
(x a)2 x.
(d) The area of the region is the sum
Z a2
Z a
2
x dx +
(x a)2 dx .
a
2

(e) Integration yields

"

x3
3

# a2
0

"

(x a)3
+
3

#a
=
a
2

a3
.
12

4. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the indefinite integral

where a is a constant, positive integer.
Solution:

Z
seca x tan x dx,

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5109

(a) Try the substitution given by du = sec xtan x dx, of which one solution is u = sec x.
(b)

Z
a

sec x tan x dx =

ua1 du =

ua
seca x
+C =
+C.
a
a

Some students may have integrated by sight.

Thursday version
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, use the method of cylindrical shells to find the
volume
by the curves
generated by rotating about the axis x = b the region bounded

y = x 1, y = 0, x = a, where a, b are fixed real constants. b a 1 .

Solution:
(a) Solve
equations to determine the limits of integration.

 Solving x = a with y =

x 1 yields the single point of intersection a, a 1 .

(b) The horizontal element of area at height y which generates the cylindrical shell has
left endpoint (1 + y2 , y) and right endpoint (a, y), so its length is a (1 + y2 ).
(c) The distance of the horizontal element of area which generates the shell from the
axis of rotation is b y.
(d) Set up the integral for the volume by cylindrical shells:

a1



(b y) a (1 + y2 ) dy .

(e) Evaluate the integral

a1

Z
Z

=
0

a1



(b y) a (1 + y2 ) dy



b(a 1) (a 1)y by2 + y3 dy

# a1
a1 2 b 3 1 4
y y + y
= b(a 1)y
2
3
4 0
b
a

1
1
3
3
(a 1) (a 1) 2 + (a 1)2
= b(a 1) 2
2
4
!3

1
2
3
= (a 1) 2
b
a1 .
3
4
"

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

2. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, use a substitution to evaluate the integral
where a, b are non-zero constants.

5110
R

b
(1+ax)3

dx ,

Solution:
(a) A substitution which suggests itself is u = 1 + ax, implying that du = a dx, so
dx = 1a du.
(b)

b
b
dx =
3
(1 + ax)
a

du
b
b
= u2 + C =
+C.
3
u
2a
2a(1 + ax)2

3. [5
Showing all your work, use a substitution to evaluate the indefinite integral
Z MARKS]


t2 cos a t3 dt, (where a is a given real number).
Solution:
(a) Try the substitution u = t3 .
(b) du = 3t2 dt t2 dt = 13 du.
(c)
Z

Z


1
3
t cos a t dt =
cos(a u) du
3
1
= sin(a u) + C
3
1
= sin(a t3 ) + C.
3
2

(Some students may wish to employ a second substitution v = a u. Alternatively,

a better substitution for the problem would have been to take u = a t3 .)
4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the area of the region bounded by the
parabola x = y2 , the tangent line to this parabola at (a2 , a), and the y-axis, where a is a
fixed, positive real number.
Solution: The solution is analogous (under the exchange x y) to that given for Problem 3 of the Wednesday quiz.
E.2.3 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q3
Release Date: Mounted on the Web on 05 April, 2008
These draft solutions could contain errors, and they must be subject to correction. Caveat
lector!

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5111

There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled. Each
type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The order of
the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. All of the quizzes had a heading that
included the instructions
Time = 30 minutes
No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version

1. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

x5 ln(20x) dx.

Solution:
(a) I will integrate by parts, setting u = ln(20x), dv = x5 dx. Then du =

dx
x6
,v= .
x
6

(b)
!
Z
x6
1
x ln(20x) dx = (ln(20x))

x5 dx
6
6
x6 ln(20x) x6
=

+C.
6
36
Z
1 cot2 x
2. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
dx.
csc2 x
Solution:
Z
Z
1 cot2 x
sin2 x cos2 x
dx
=
dx
2
2x
csc2 x
sin
x

csc
Z 

=
sin2 x cos2 x dx
Z
=
( cos 2x) dx
Z

1
= sin 2x + C .
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5112

3. [10 MARKS] Use a substitution to transform this integral into the integral of a rational
function; then integrate, and express your answer in terms of x:
Z
1
dx
e3x ex
Solution:
(a) I would try the substitution u = ex , so du = ex dx = u dx.
(b) Then
Z

1
dx =
3x
e ex
=
=
=
=

du
du
u2 )

u2 (1

Z
1
1
1

2
2 +
+ 2 du
u
1+u 1u
1
1 1
+ ln |1 + u| ln |1 u| + C
u 2 
 2
1 1  1 u 
+C
ln 
u 2
1 + u
r
 1 ex 
x
+C
e ln 
1 + ex 

There are other, equivalent ways in which this last class of antiderivatives can be expressed. (For example, if we define K = eC , so C = ln K, we can bring the logarithm
terms together.)
Z
x2
4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

3 dx.
4 x2 2
Solution:
(a) Use a trigonometric substitution, e.g., x = 2 cos , i.e., = arccos 2x . Then dx =
2 sin d.
(b)
Z

x2
4 x2

Z

32 dx =
=
=

cos2 sin
d
sin3
cot2 d

Z 


csc2 1 d

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5113

= cot + + C
cos
=
++C
sin
cos
x
=
+ arccos + C
2
1 cos2
x
x
= q 2
+ arccos + C
2
2
1 x4
x
x
+ arccos + C .
=
2
4 x2
Tuesday version
Z
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

e5x cos(2x) dx .

Solution:
(a) Use integration by parts. In this case the factors e5x and cos 2x are rendered neither
more complicated nor simpler under either integration or differentiation. Two
applications of integration by parts, with appropriate choices of functions, will
yield an equation that can be solved for the value of the indefinite integral. For the
first application take, for example, u = e5x and dv = cos 2x. Then du = 5e5x dx,
and v = 21 sin 2x.
(b)

Z
1
5
e cos(2x) dx = e sin 2x
e5x sin 2x dx .
(31)
2
2
R
(c) Now we apply integration by parts to evaluate e5x sin 2x dx, taking U = e5x and
dV = sin 2x. Then dU = 5e5x dx, and V = 21 cos 2x.
5x

(d)

5x

!
Z
1
5
e sin(2x) dx = e cos 2x +
e5x cos 2x dx .
2
2
5x

5x

(32)

(e) Combining equations (31), (32) yields

!
Z
Z
5
5
5x
5x 1
5x 1
5x
e cos(2x) dx = e sin 2x e cos 2x +
e sin 2x dx
2
2
2
2
!
Z
1
5
25
5x
= e
sin 2x + cos 2x
e5x cos(2x) dx .
2
4
4

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5114

(f) Solving the last equation yields

Z
1
e5x cos(2x) dx = e5x (2 sin 2x + 5 cos 2x) + C .
29
2. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, use a substitution to change this integral into the
integral of a rational function; then integrate and express your solution in terms of x:
Z
1 + 7e x
dx .
1 ex
Solution:
(a) Let u = e x , so du = e x dx.
Z
Z
1 + 7e x
1 + 7u du
(b) Then
dx =

and we proceed to expand the integrand into

x
1e
1u u
a sum of partial fractions.
1 + 7u
A
B
(c) Assuming that
= +
, and multiplying both sides by u(1 u), we
u(1 u)
u 1u
obtain the identity in u 1 + 7u = A(1 u) + Bu. Setting u = 0 and u = 1 yields the
equations 1 = A and 8 = B. We can now continue integration.
(d)
Z

!
Z
1 + 7u
1
8
du =
+
du
1u
u 1u
= ln |u| 8 ln |1 u| + C
= ln e x 8 ln |1 e x | + C
= x 8 ln |1 e x | + C

which solution can be checked by differentiation.

Z
3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

dx

dx.
x2 + 8x + 17 2

Solution:
(a) Completing the square of the polynomial in the denominator, we obtain
!2
!2

8
8
2
2
+ 17
x + 8x + 17 = x +
= (x + 4) + 1 .
2
2
Accordingly, we can simplify the integral by taking u = x + 4, du = dx.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5115

(b) The preceding substitution is not sufficient, however. All we obtain is

Z
Z
dx
du
dx =



.
2
x2 + 8x + 17
u2 + 1 2
We can simplify this further by taking u = tan , i.e., by taking = arctan u, so
du
d =
.
1 + u2
(c)
Z

du
1 + u2

Z

2

=
Z

sec2
d
sec4
cos2 d

=
Z

1 + cos 2
sin 2
d = +
+C
2
2
4
u
1
arctan u +
+C
=
2
2(1 + u2 )
!
1
x+4
=
arctan(x + 4) + 2
+C
2
x + 8x + 17
=

which can be verified by differentiation. You should always verify this type of
integration by differentiation, in order to locate silly algebra mistakes (or worse).
Wednesday version
Z
1. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the indefinite integral

x cos(18x) dx.

Solution:
(a) This can be solved using integration by parts. Define u = x, dv = cos(18x) dx, so
sin(18x)
du = dx and v =
.
18
(b)
Z
Z
sin(18x)
sin(18x)
x cos(18x) dx = x

18
18
x sin(18x) cos(18x)
=
+
+C,
18
182
which can be verified by differentiation.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5116
Z

1 sin x
dx.
cos x

2. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

Solution:
Z

Z
1 sin x
(sec x tan x) dx
dx =
cos x
= ln | sec x + tan x| + ln | cos x| + C
= ln |(sec x + tan x) (cos x)| + C
= ln |1 + sin x| + C = ln(1 + sin x) + C .

Note that the absolute signs are not needed, since 1 + sin x cannot be negative.

Z3
3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

ln tan x
dx.
(sin x) (cos x)

Solution:
(a) In view of the complicated nature of the integrand, one would be advised to seek
a substitution that could render it more amenable. But the integrand involves both
sines and cosines. However, note that
tan x
tan x
=
.
sec2 x tan2 x + 1

Taking u = tan x, we have du = sec2 x dx. When x = , u = 3; when x = ,

3
6
1
u= .
3
(sin x)(cos x) = (tan x)(cos2 x) =

(b)

Z3

ln tan x
dx
(sin x) (cos x)

Z3
=
1
3

ln u
u
u2 +1

du
u2 + 1

Z3
=
1
3

ln u
du
u

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5117

(c) Now the integral looks as though it could be simplified by a substitution v = ln u,

du
. When u = 3, v = ln23 ; when u = 13 , v = ln23 .
so dv =
u
(d)

Z3

ln u
du =
u

1
3

ln23

"
=

ln 2
2

v2
2

v dv

# ln23
= 0.
ln23

Z
4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

et 49 e2t dt.

Solution:
(a) Clearly a substitution of the form u = et is indicated, in order to simplify the
integrand. We find that du = et dt.
Z
Z
t
(b) We obtain
e 49 e2t dt =
49 u2 du. Now a trigonometric substitution
is indicated. Take u = 7 sin more precisely, = arcsin u7 (the inverse cosine
could also have been used), so du = 7 cos d:
Z
Z
2
49 u du = 49 cos2 d.
(c)
Z
49

cos d =
=
=
=

Z
49
(1 + cos 2) d
2
49
( + sin cos ) + C
2
u u
49
arcsin +
49 u2 + C
2
7 2
49
et et 49 e2t
arcsin +
+C.
2
7
2

Thursday version
Z
1. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

sin3 9x dx.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5118

Solution: The integrand is an odd power of the sine function. I will substitute u = cos 9x,
so du = 9 sin 9x dx.
Z
Z 
 1!
3
2
sin 9x dx =
du
1u
9
u u3
= +
+C
9 27
cos x cos3 x
=
+
+C.
9
27

Z2

cot2 x dx. Your answer

2. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral

should be simplified as much as possible; the instructors are aware that you do not have
the use of a calculator.
Solution:
(a) Recall that cot2 x = csc2 x 1, and that

d
cot x = csc2 x.
dx

(b)

Z2

cot2 x dx =

Z2 


csc2 x 1 dx

= [ cot x x] 4 .
2

(c) = + 1 + = 1 .
2
4
4

Z
9 x2
3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
dx.
x
Solution:
(a) To simplify the square root, substitute x = 3 cos , i.e., = arccos 3x . Then dx =
3 sin d.
(b)
Z
Z
sin2
9 x2
dx = 3
d
x
cos

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5119
Z

1 cos2
d
cos

Z
= 3 (sec cos ) d

= 3

= 3 ln | sec + tan | + 3 sin + C

(c)
q


r
 1 + 1 x2 
9
 + 3 1 x2 + C
3 ln | sec + tan | + 3 sin + C = 3 ln 
x

9

3




 3 + 9 x2 
 + 9 x2 + C
= 3 ln 
x


4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following integral is convergent or divergent. Evaluate it if it is convergent; in such a case you are expected to
simplify your answer as much as is consistent with not having the use of a calculator:
!
Z 1
ln 7x
6
dx
x
0
Solution:
Z

ln 7x
dx. The integrand
x
can be expressed as a product, in which one of the factors simplifies upon differentiation, while the other does not become significantly more difficult upon
1
integration. So we will integrateby parts, taking u = ln 7x, and dv = x 2 dx. Then
du = 1x , and we may take v = 2 x.

(a) Lets look first at the associated indefinite integral,

(b)
Z

ln 7x
dx
dx = (ln 7x)(2 x) 2

x
x

= (ln 7x)(2 x) 4 x + C .

(c) The integrand is not defined at x = 0 in the given interval of integration. By the
definition of an improper integral, we have
Z 1
Z 1
ln 7x
ln 7x
dx = lim+
dx
a0
x
x
0
a

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5120

i1
lim+ (ln 7x)(2 x) 4 x
a
a0
h
i

= lim+ (2 ln 7 4) a (2 ln(7a) 4)
a0

= 2 ln 7 4 lim+ (ln 7a)(2 a)

=

a0

(d) The limit can be expressed as that of a ratio where numerator and denominator both
become infinite. Thus lHospitals Rule may be used:

ln 7a
lim+ (ln 7a)(2 a) = 2 lim+
1
a0
a0 a 2
= 2 lim+

1
a
3

21 a 2

= 2 lim+ (2 a) = 0.
a0

a0

Thus the original integral is convergent, and its value is 6(2 ln 7 4).
Problems not used
1. [10 MARKS] Make a substitution to express the integrand as a rational function, and
then evaluate the integral.
Z 4
x
dx .
1 x 16
Solution:
(a) Start by substituting u =
x = 4, u = 2.

x, so x = u2 , dx = 2u du. When x = 1, u = 1; when

(b)
Z

4
1

x
dx =
x 16

=
2

=
=

2u2
du
u2 36
!
72
du
2+ 2
u 36
!
6
6

du
2+
u6 u+6

i2

u2 + 6 ln |u 6| 6 ln |u + 6|

7
.
= 3 + 6 ln
10

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5121

E.2.4 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q4

Release Date: Mounted on the Web on Wednesday, April 9th, 2008
These are draft solutions that were prepared when the quizzes were being designed. It was intended that Teaching Assistants would consult these draft solutions when they graded their students quizzes, and would report any errors or omissions. As the Teaching Assistants may believe that they are inhibited from communicating with the instructor who manages this course,
it is not clear that the solutions have been thoroughly checked. The solutions are being released
with the cautionary warning, Caveat lector! Let the reader beware! Use them at your own
risk.
There were four different types of quizzes, for the days when the tutorials are scheduled.
Each type of quiz was generated in multiple varieties for each of the tutorial sections. The
order of the problems in the varieties was also randomly assigned. All of the quizzes had a
heading that included the instructions.
Time = 45 minutes
No calculators!
Show all your work: marks are not given for answers alone.
Enclose this question sheet in your folded answer sheet.
In the following I will either provide a generic solution for all varieties, or a solution to one
typical variety.
Monday version
x5
1
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the length of the curve y =
+ 3 (1
30 2x
x 2). Simplify your answer as much as possible; the instructors are aware that you do
not have the use of a calculator.
Solution:
dy
x4
3
=
4
dx
6 2x
s
r
!2
dy
x8
9
1
1+
1+
+ 8
=
dx
36 4x
2
s
r
!2
8
9
1
3
x
x4
+
+ =
+
=
36 4x8 2
6 2x4
 4

 x
3 
=  + 4 .
 6 2x 

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5122

The absolute signs may be dropped, since the given square root is a sum of positive
multiples of even powers, and must be non-negative. The length is
Z

2
1

!
" 5
#2
x4
3
x
1
+

dx =
6 2x4
30 2x3 1
353
=
.
240

2. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the surface obtained by rotating
3
1 2
x =
y + 2 2 (7 y 10) about the x-axis. Simplify your answer as much as
2
possible; the instructors are aware that you do not have the use of a calculator.
Solution:

Thus

1
p
dx 1 3  2
= y + 2 2 2y = y y2 + 2 .
dy 3 2
s
dx
1+
dy

The area of the surface is

Z 10 
7

!2
=

1 + y2 (2 + y2 ) = y2 + 2 .

"

y2 y4
1 + y (2y) dy = 2
+
2
4
7701
=
.
2
2

#10
7

3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area enclosed by the curve (in polar
coordinates) r = 7 + 2 sin 6.
Solution: The curve surrounds the pole, and is periodic with period 2. The area may be
expressed as an integral over an interval of length 2; for example, as
Z
Z
1 2
1 2
2
(7 + 2 sin 6) d =
(49 + 28 sin 6 + 4 sin2 6) d
2 0
2 0
Z
1 2
=
(49 + 28 sin 6 + 2(1 cos 12)) d
2 0
#2
"
2
1
28
cos 6 + 2
sin 12
=
49
2
6
12
0
1
=
(51)(2) = 51 .
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5123

4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the exact length of the curve x = 6 + 3t2 ,
y = 2 + 2t3 (0 t 1).
Solution:
dx
= 6t
dt
dy
= 6t2
dt
dy
dy
= dt = t
dx
dx
dt
s
!2

dy
=
1+
1 + t2
dx
s
!2
!2
Z 1
dx
dy
+
Arc Length =
dt
dt
0
Z 1
=
36t2 + 36t4 dt
0
Z 1
= 6
t 1 + t2 dt
0


 3 1
 3 1
1 2 
2 2
2 2
1+t
= 6
=2 1+t
0
 23 3 
0
= 2 22 1 = 4 2 2 .
5. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, sum a series in order to express the following
number as a ratio of integers: 0.35 = 0.35353535 . . ..
Solution:
35
1
1
1
0.35 =
1+
+
+
+ ...
100
100 1002 1003
=

35
100

1
100

35
.
99

Tuesday version
1
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the length of the curve x =
y (y 3)
3
(49 y 64). Simplify your answer as much as possible; the instructors are aware that
you do not have the use of a calculator.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5124

Solution:
dx
1 3
3 1 1 1
1
=

y y 2 =
y
dy
3 2
3 2
2
y
s
s
!2
!
dx
1
1
1+
=
1+ y+ 2
dy
4
y
s
!
1
1
=
y+ +2
4
y
s
!2
1
1
y+
=
4
y


1 
1 
=
 y +  .
2
y

The absolute signs may be dropped, since the square root is non-negative. The length is
!
"
#64 "
#64
Z
1 32
1 64
1
1 2 32

y + dy =
y +2 y =
y + y
2 49
y
2 3
3
49
49
172
=
.
3
2. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the surface obtained by rotating
the curve x = 6 + 2y2 (0 y 3) about the x-axis.
Solution:
dx
= 4y
dy
s
!2
p
dx
1+
=
1 + 16y2
dy
Z 3p
Area =
1 + 16y2 2y dy
0
i
h
3 3
=
(1 + 16y2 ) 2
0
24


3
=
(145) 2 1 .
24
3. [15 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the region that lies inside the curve
r = 15 cos , and outside the curve r = 5 + 5 cos .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5125

Solution: The first curve is a circle; the second is a cardioid whose axis of symmetry
is the initial ray. If we solve the equations we find that the curves intersect at =
arccos 12 = 3 . They also intersect at the pole, which appears on the circle when
= 2 , etc., and on the cardioid when = , etc. The region whose area we seek lies
between the two curves when 3 3 and r is positive. Integration shows the area
to be
Z

1 3
(15 cos )2 (5 + 5 cos )2 d
2 3
Z

25 3 
=
8 cos2 2 cos 1 d
2 3
Z
25 3
(4(1 + cos 2) 2 cos 1) d
=
2 3
Z
25 3
(3 + 4 cos 2 2 cos ) d
=
2 3

= 25 [3 + 2 sin 2 2 sin ]03




= 25 + 3 3 = 25 .

4. [15 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the length of the loop of the curve x = 18t
6t3 , y = 18t2 .
Solution:
dx
= 18 18t2
dt
dy
= 36t
dt
s
!2
!2
q




dx
dy
+
=
182 1 t2 2 + 362 t2 = 18 1 + t2 .
dt
dt
We must determine where the curve crosses itself. The student was expected to show that
she knew how to find this crossing point systematically, not just by guessing or examining a rough graph. The crossing point can be found by solving for distinct parameter
values t1 , t2 the equations x = 18t1 8t13 = 18t2 8t23 , y = 18t12 = 18t2 . Collecting
terms and factorizing yields the system of equations



(t1 t2 ) 18 6 t12 + t1 t2 + t22
= 0,
18 (t1 t2 ) (t1 + t2 ) = 0 .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5126

Since we are looking for a solution where t1 , t2 , we may divide by t1 t2 , which cannot
equal 0, and obtain the system


3 t12 + t1 t2 + t22 = 0 ,
t1 + t2 = 0 .
From the second equation we see that t2 = t1 , and then the first equation yields 3 = t12 ,

so the solutions
are t1 = t2 = 3; we may take

the loop as beginning with parameter

value 3 and ending with parameter value + 3. The length of the arc will be
Z + 3 

2
18
1
+
t
dt

3
Z 3

= 2



18 1 + t2 dt

since the integrand is even and the interval is symmetric around 0

"
# 3

13
= 36 t + t
= 72 3 .
3 0
Wednesday version
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the length of the curve y = ln sec x. Simplify
your answer as much as possible.
Solution:
dy
1
=
(sec x tan x) = tan x
dx
sec x
s
!2
p
dy
=
1 + tan2 x = | sec x| .
1+
dx
In the following integral I will drop the absolute signs because the secant is positive over
the entire interval of integration; the length is
Z 4
Z 4
| sec x| dx =
sec x dx
4

= [ln | sec x + tan x|]4

4
= ln( 2 + 1) ln( 2 1)

( 2 + 1)2
2+1
= ln
= ln
21
21



= ln ( 2 + 1)2 = 2 ln( 2 + 1) .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5127

It would be sufficient for a student to obtain the different of logarithms above. The
subsequent steps simplify the argument, and would be useful if the user did not have the
use of a calculator.

2. [10 MARKS] The curve y = 3 x (1 y 3) is rotated about the y-axis. Showing all
your work, find the area of the resulting surface.
Solution: The data are given partly in terms of x and partly in terms of y, so some care is
needed. Since the limits are given in terms of y, I will integrate with respect to y; it will
be convenient to rewrite the equation of the curve as x = y3 .
dx
= 3y2
dy
s
!2
p
dx
1+
=
1 + 9y4
dy
Z 3p
1 + 9y4 2y3 dy
Area =
1
"
 3 #3
1 1
2
4 2
=
2 1 + 9y
9 4
3
1


3
3
730 2 10 2 .
=
27
3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the region enclosed by the inner
loop of the curve r = 9 + 18 sin .
Solution: The function 9 + 18 sin is periodic with period 2, so the entire curve is
traced out as passes through an interval of that length. If, for example, we consider the
interval 0 2, we find that the curve passes through the pole only at = 7
and
6
11
at = 6 . Between these values the smaller loop is traced out; the larger loop is traced
out, for example, for 6 7
. We can find the area of the small loop by integrating
6
between the appropriate limits; the area is
Z 11
6
1
(9 + 18 sin )2 d
2 76
Z 11
6
81
=
(1 + 4 sin + 4 sin2 ) d
2 76
Z 11
6
81
=
(1 + 4 sin + 2(1 cos 2)) d
2 76
Z 11
6
81
=
(3 + 4 sin 2 cos 2) d
2 76

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5128

11
81
[3 4 cos sin 2] 76
2
6
!
!
81 11
11
11
81 7
7
7
=
4 cos
sin

4 cos
sin
2
2
6
3
2 2
6
3

81 11
3 81 7
3

+ 2 3

=
2 3
2
2
2
2 2
2

243 3
81
(2 3 3) = 81
.
=
2
2

4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the surface obtained by rotating
the curve x = 3t t3 , y = 3t2 (0 t 4) about the x-axis.
Solution:
dx
= 3 3t2
dt
dy
= 6t
dt
s
!2
!2
q




dx
dy
32 1 t2 2 + 62 t2 = 3 1 + t2 .
+
=
dt
dt
The area of the surface of revolution about the x-axis will be
Z 4
Z 4 


 
2
2
t2 + t4 dt
3 1 + t 2 3t dt = 18
0
0
"
#4
13 15
6 64 53 20352
= 18 t + t =
=
.
3
5 0
5
5
5. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the value of c, if it is known that
c)n = 2.

(5+

n=2

Solution: We are told that the geometric series converges; this implies that its common
ratio is less than 1 in magnitude, i.e., that |5 + c| < 1, which implies that 1 < 5 + c <
1, equivalently, that 6 < c < 4. The sum of the geometric series on the left is
1
1
. Equating this to 2, we obtain c2 + 9c + 18 = 0, implying that
11 1 = (5+c)(4+c)
(5+c)2
5+c
(c + 3)(c + 6) = 0, so c = 3, 6. Of these two values, 6 lies outside of the admissible
interval, and would yield a divergent series. Thus c can be equal only to 3.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5129

Thursday version
1. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the exact length of the polar curve r = 7e4
(0 2).
Solution:
dr
= 28e4
d
s
!2
q


dr
2
r +
=
72 + 282 e8
d

= 7 17e4 .
The length of the arc is then
Z
7 17

2
0

17
7
e4 d =
e4
4
0



7 17 8
e 1 .
=
4

2. [10 MARKS] The curve y = 4 x2 (1 x 3) is rotated about the y-axis. Showing all
your work, find the area of the resulting surface.
Solution:
s

!2
dy
dy
= 1 + 4x2
= 2x 1 +
dx
dx
Z 3
Area =
1 + 4x2 2x dx
1

 3 3
1 1 2 
2 2
= 2 1 + 4x
4 2 3
1

 32
3
37 5 2 .
=
6
3. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the region enclosed by the outer
loop of the curve r = 9 + 18 sin : this region will include the entire inner loop.
Solution: The function 9 + 18 sin is periodic with period 2, so the entire curve is
traced out as passes through an interval of that length. If, for example, we consider the
and
interval 0 2, we find that the curve passes through the pole only at = 7
6
11
at = 6 . Between these values the smaller loop is traced out; the larger loop is traced

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5130

. We can find the area of the large loop by integrating

out, for example, for 6 7
6
between those limits, and the area will include the entire smaller loop. The area is
1
2

81
=
2
81
=
2
=
=
=
=
=

11
6
7
6

Z
Z

(9 + 18 sin )2 d

7
6

6
7
6

6
7
6

(1 + 4 sin + 4 sin2 ) d
(1 + 4 sin + 2(1 cos 2)) d

Z
81
(3 + 4 sin 2 cos 2) d
2 6
7
81
[3 4 cos sin 2]6
6
2
!
7
7
81 


81 7
4 cos
sin

4 cos + sin
2 2
6
3
2
2
6
3

81 7
3 81
3
+ 2 3

2 3 +

2 2
2
2
2
2

243 3
.
162 +
2

4. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, sum a series in order to express the following
number as a ratio of integers: 4.645 = 4.645454545 . . ..
Solution:
!
1 45
1
1
1
4.645 = 4.6 +
1+
+
+
+ ...
10 100
100 1002 1003
= 4.6 +

45
1000
1
100

1
1 45 511
46
+

=
.
=
10 10 99 110

5. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, find an equation for the tangent to the curve x =
cos + sin 7, y = sin + cos 2 ( < < +) at the point corresponding to = 0.
Solution: The slope of the tangent is
dx
= sin + 7 cos 7
d

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5131

dy
= cos 2 sin
d
dy
dy
1
cos 2 sin
= d =
=
dx
dx
sin + 7 cos 7 7
d
The line through (x(0), y(0)) = (1, 1) with slope
x 7y = 6.

1
7

when = 0 .

has equation y 1 =

1
(x 1), i.e.,
7

Problems prepared but not used

p
1. The curve x = c2 y2 (0 y 2c ) is rotated about the y-axis. (c is a fixed real number.)
Showing all your work, find the area of the resulting surface.
Solution:
dx
1
1
y
=
p
(2y) = p
dy
2
c2 y2
c2 y2
s
s
!2
dx
y2
|c|
=
1+
1+ 2
=
p
dy
c y2
c2 y2
Z 2c
p
|c|
Area =
2 c2 y2 dy
p
0
c2 y2
Z 2c
dy = c2 .
= 2|c|
0

2. Showing all your work, find the slope of the tangent line to the curve with equation in
12
polar coordinates r = , at the point corresponding to = .

Solution:
12
dr
= 2
d

dr
sin
d
+ r cos
dy
=
dr
dx
cos d
r sin
sin + cos
.
=
cos sin
At the point = this ratio is equal to .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5132

3. Showing all your work, find the area of one of the regions bounded by the line =
the closed curve r = 8 + 6 sin .

and

Solution: (The actual wording of the problem referred to a figure which it is not convenient to include in these notes.) The region can be interpreted as being swept out by a
radius vector from the pole moving between 2 and + 2 . The area is this
Z
Z + 2 

1 +2
2
(8 + 6 sin ) d =
32 + 48 sin + 18 sin2 d
2 2
2
Z + 2
(32 + 48 sin + 9(1 cos 2)) d
=
Z
=
"
=

+ 2
2

(41 + 48 sin 9 cos 2) d

9
41 48 cos sin 2
2

#+ 2
= 41 .
2

4. Showing all your work, find the area enclosed by the curve (in polar coordinates) r =
9 + cos 2.
Solution: The curve surrounds the pole, and is periodic with period 2. The area may be
expressed as an integral over an interval of length 2; for example, as
Z
Z
1 2
1 2
2
(9 + cos 2) d =
(81 + 18 cos 2 + cos2 2) d
2 0
2 0
Z
1 2
1 + cos 4
=
(81 + 18 cos 2 +
) d
2 0
2
"
#2
1
1
1
=
81 + 9 sin 2 + + sin 4
2
2
8
0
163
163
=
2 =
.
4
2
5. Showing all your work, find the exact length of the polar curve r = 42 (0 2).
Solution:
dr
= 8
d
s
!2

dr
2
r +
164 + 642
=
d

= 4|| 4 + 2 .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5133

Over the interval in question is positive, and the absolute signs may be dropped. The
length of the arc is
Z 2
i
4h
3 2
4 4 + s d =
(4 + 2 ) 2
0
3
0


32
3
=
(1 + 2 ) 2 1 .
3
6. Showing all your work, find equations of the tangents to the curve x = 3t2 +4, y = 2t3 +3
that pass through the point (7, 5).
Solution: We might, in error think that we need first to determine the parameter value
associated with the given point. We would then solve the system of equations
3t2 + 4 = 7
2t3 + 3 = 5
to obtain t = +1. This would be an error. It happens that the given curve passes through
the point (7, 5), but that is fortuitous: we want the tangents to pass through the point, not
the curve! And we cant find the points of contact of the tangents directly. So lets first
determine the general tangent to the curve, at the point with parameter value t.
dx
= 6t
dt
dy
= 6t2
dt
dy
6t2
dy
= dt =
= t,
dx
dx
6t
dt
2
3
so the slope of the tangent at the point
 (3t +4, 2t + 3) on the curve is t; the equation of
that tangent is y 2t3 + 3 = t x 3t2 + 4 , or

y = tx t3 4t + 3 .

(33)

We now impose the condition that this line pass through the point (x, y) = (7, 5), i.e., that
its equation be satisfied by (x, y) = (7, 5), obtaining t3 3t + 2 = 0, whose left member
factorizes to (t 1)2 (t + 2) = 0, so the points of contact of the tangents are t = 1 and
t = 2. The equations of the tangents through the given point are found by giving the
parameter t these two values in equation (33):
y= x2

and

y = 2x + 19 .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5134

7. Showing all your work,

use methods
of polar coordinates to find the length of the polar


4
curve r = 15 sin 0 15 .
Solution:
dr
= 15 cos
d
s
!2
dr
= 15 .
r2 +
d
The length of the arc is, therefore
Z

4
15

15 d = 4 .

E.3 MATH 141 2009 01

E.3.1 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q1
Instructions to students
1. Show all your work. Marks may not be given for answers not supported by a full solution. For future reference, the form of your solutions should be similar to those shown
in the textbook or Student Solutions Manual for similar problems.
2. In your folded answer sheet you must enclose this question sheet: it will be returned
with your graded paper. (WITHOUT THIS SHEET YOUR QUIZ WILL BE WORTH
0.) All submissions should carry your name and student number.
3. Time = 20 minutes.
4. No calculators are permitted.
Monday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and the chain rule to find the
derivative of the function
Z x
sin(t)
f (x) =
dt
t5
3
Solution:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5135

(This step may not be shown explicitly, but it underlies the successful implementation of the Chain Rule.) Introduction of an intermediate variable: If the new
Zu

d
sin(t)
du
0
variable/function is called u = u(x) = x, then f (x) =
dt
5
du
t
dx
3

application of the Fundamental Theorem

Zu
d
sin(t)
sin(u)
dt =
.
5
du
t
u5
3

completion

sin( x) 1 12 sin x
5 2 x = 2x3
x

2. [10 MARKS] Compute

(a)

8 sec2 (x) dx

/3

Solution: [5 MARKS TOTAL]

state one antiderivative, e.g., 8 tan x
indicate that the value of the integral is the net change, 8 tan x]0
3

compute the final answer. Students should know the trigonometric functions
of simple submultiples of .
(b)

x(5x2 + 4x 5) dx

Solution: [5 MARKS TOTAL]

state one antiderivative, here the obvious method is to express as a sum of
fractional powers and to integrate each separately:
Z 

2 5
2 3
2 7
5
3
1
5x 2 + 4x 2 5x 2 dx = 5 x 2 + 4 x 2 5 x 2 + C
7
5
3
indicate that the value of the integral is the net change,
"
#1
2 52
2 32
2 72
5 x +4 x 5 x
7
5
3 0
compute the final answer correctly =

10
7

+ 85

10
3

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5136

Tuesday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and the chain rule to find the
derivative of the function
Z

ex

f (x) =
5

7 + ln6 t
dt
t

Solution:
(This step may not be shown explicitly, but it underlies the successful implementation of the Chain Rule.) Introduction of an intermediate variable: If the new
variable/function is called u = u(x) = e x , then
Z u p
d
du
7 + ln6 t
f 0 (x) =
dt
du 5
t
dx
application of the Fundamental Theorem
p
Z u p
d
7 + ln6 t
7 + ln6 u
dt =
.
du 5
t
u
completion

q
7 + (ln(e x ))6
ex

7 + x6 x
e =
e = 7 + x6 .
ex
x

While you may use some judgment about how much simplification you expect, I dont
believe it would not be appropriate to accept a composition like ln(e x ) not simplified.
2. [10 MARKS] Compute
(a)
Z

[8 sec(x) tan(x) + 7 cos(x)] dx

/6

Solution: [5 MARKS TOTAL]

state one antiderivative, e.g., 8 sec x + 7 sin x
indicate that the value of the integral is the net change in the antiderivative,
e.g., [8 sec x + 7 sin x]0
6

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5137

compute the final answer correctly.

!
2
1
9 16
(8 + 0) 8 7
=
2
2
3
3
(b)
Z

4
1

3x1 + 5x + 3
dx

Solution: [5 MARKS TOTAL]

state one antiderivative, here the obvious method is to express as a sum of
fractional powers and to integrate each separately:
!
!
Z
3x1 + 5x + 3
2 12
2 3
2 1
dx = 3 x + 5 x 2 + 3 x 2 + C

1
3
1
x
indicate that the value of the integral is the net change,
"

!
#4
2 12
2 23
2 12
3 x + 5 x + 3 x
1
3
1 1

compute the final answer correctly

!
!
6 10
10
97
=
+
8+62 6+
+6 =
2
3
3
3
Wednesday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and the chain rule to find the
derivative of the function
Z ln x
f (x) =
et 1 + t2 dt
5

Solution:
(This step may not be shown explicitly, but it underlies the successful implementation of the Chain Rule.) Introduction of an intermediate variable: If the new
variable/function is called u = u(x) = ln x, then
Z u
du
d
0
et 1 + t2 dt
f (x) =
du 5
dx

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5138

application of the Fundamental Theorem

Z u

d
et 1 + t2 dt = eu 1 + u2 .
du 5
completion

p
1 p
eln x 1 + (ln x)2 = 1 + (ln x)2
x
ln x
It is essential that e be simplified to x for full marks in this part.
Z 4
2. [10 MARKS] Compute
f (x) dx, where
6

f (x) =

4 sin x
if
5 sec x tan x if

x0
0<x<

Solution:
decompose the interval into subintervals matching the intervals where the 2 parts
of the definition apply:
Z 4
Z 0
Z 4
f (x) dx =
f (x) dx +
f (x) dx
6

matching the different functions to the appropriate subintervals:

Z 0
Z 4
Z 0
Z 4
f (x) dx +
f (x) dx =
4 sin x dx +
5 sec x tan x dx
6

shift the constants outside of the integration:

Z 0
Z
Z 4
4 sin x dx +
5 sec x tan x dx = 4
6

sin x dx + 5

sec x tan x dx

find antiderivatives for both of the 2 integrands, e.g., cos x and sec x
indicate that the value of each integral is the net change,

4[ cos x]0 + 5[sec x]04

6

correctly complete the computations

 
3

+5( 21) = 2 3+5 29

4 cos 0 + cos +5 sec sec 0 = 4 1 +
6
4
2


Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5139

Thursday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Use the Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and the chain rule to find the
derivative of the function
Z 7x
8 + 9t2
f (x) =
dt
t
3x
Solution:
The integral must be split into two, at a convenient place, each integral with one
fixed and one variable limit; note that the point where the integral is split CANNOT
BE 0, since the integrand is undefined there:
Z 7x
Z 1
Z 7x
8 + 9t2
8 + 9t2
8 + 9t2
f (x) =
dt =
dt +
dt
t
t
t
3x
3x
1
one integral must be reversed so that the dependence on x is in the upper limit:
Z 3x
Z 7x
8 + 9t2
8 + 9t2
f (x) =
dt +
dt
t
t
1
1
differentiate each of the integrals separately, using the Fundamental Theorem, and
multiply by the factor of the form du
from the Chain Rule (see problems on earlier
dx
versions)
p
p
8 + 9(3x)2 d(3x)
8 + 9(7x)2 d(7x)
d
f (x) =

dx
3x
dx
7x
dx
completion
p
p
p

8 + 9(3x)2
8 + 9(7x)2
8 + 81x2 + 8 + 9(49)x2

3+
7=
3x
7x
x

Z
2. [10 MARKS] Compute

f (x) dx, where

0

(
f (x) =
Solution:

3x
6
1+x2

if
if

0x1
x>1

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5140

for decomposing the interval into subintervals matching the intervals where the 2
parts of the definition apply:
Z

f (x) dx =

f (x) dx +

f (x) dx

for matching the different functions to the appropriate subintervals:

Z
f (x) dx =

3x dx +
0

6
dx
1 + x2

for shifting constants outside of the integration:

Z

3x dx +
0

6
3
dx =
2
1+x
2

2x dx + 6
0

1
dx
1 + x2

for finding antiderivatives for both of the 2 integrands, e.g., x2 and arctan x
for indicating that the value of each integral is the net change,

3 21
[x ]0 + 6[arctan x]1 3
2

for correctly completing the computations


 3   3

3
3 21
[x ]0 +6[arctan x]1 3 = (10)+6 arctan 3 arctan 1 = +6
= +
2
2
2
3 4
2 2

E.3.2 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q2

Instructions to students
1. Show all your work. Marks may not be given for answers not supported by a full solution. For future reference, the form of your solutions should be similar to those shown
in the textbook or Student Solutions Manual for similar problems.
2. In your folded answer sheet you must enclose this question sheet: it will be returned
with your graded paper. WITHOUT THIS SHEET YOUR QUIZ WILL BE WORTH 0.
All submissions should carry your name and student number.
3. Time = 25 minutes.
4. No calculators are permitted.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5141

Monday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Compute
(a)
Z

sec2 x
dx
1 + 6 tan x

(b)
Z

9/2
1/2

e 2x
dx
2x

Solution:
(a) [4 MARKS] for this indefinite integral

[1 MARK] for stating the substitution

[1 MARK] for rewriting the indefinite integral in terms of the new variable
[1 MARK] for finding an antiderivative in terms of the new variable
[1 MARK] for restating the antiderivative in terms of the original variable

(b) [6 MARKS] for this definite integral

[1 MARK] for stating the substitution
[3 MARKS] for transforming the definite integral, including the upper and
lower limit
[1 MARK] for finding an antiderivative
[1 MARK] for the final answer
(Some students may, instead, find an antiderivative [4 MARKS] and then find the
net change [2 MARKS].)
2. [10 MARKS] Compute the volume of the solid of revolution about the x-axis obtained

by revolving the region bounded by the x-axis, the lines x = and x = , and the curve
6
3

y = 4 cos x.
Solution: It was intended that students solve this problem using the Method of Washers. A solution using Cylindrical Shells would certainly be acceptable, but would be
more difficult, as students do not yet know how to integrate arccos y, and may not have
mastered integration by parts. If they complete part of such a solution, allocate the marks
similarly to the scheme for Washers.
[4 MARKS] for the integrand

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5142

[2 MARKS] for the limits of integration

[2 MARKS] for finding an antiderivative
[2 MARKS] for completing the integration.
3. [10 MARKS] Let R be the region in the xy-plane bounded by the x-axis, the lines x = 4
and x = 2 , and the curve y = 9 sin x. Compute the volume of the solid of revolution
obtained by revolving the region R about the y-axis. Hint: Use the method of cylindrical
shells.
Solution:
[3 MARKS] for determining the integrand correctly
[2 MARKS] for determining the limits of integration correctly
[4 MARKS] for applying integration by parts and correctly determining the full
antiderivative
[1 MARK] for apparently completing the integration correctly
Tuesday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Compute
(a)
Z

sec x tan x
dx
7 8 sec x

(b)
Z

e4
e

cos(9 ln x)
dx
x

Solution:
(a) [4 MARKS] Same scheme as for Problem 1(a) on Monday Versions.
(b) [6 MARKS] Same scheme as for Problem 1(b) on Monday Versions.
2. [10 MARKS] Compute the volume of the solid of revolution about the x-axis obtained

by revolving the region bounded by the lines y = 1, x = , x = , and the curve

4
4
y = 3 sec x.
Solution: Same scheme as for Problem 2 on Monday Versions.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5143

3. [10 MARKS] Let R be the region in the xy-plane bounded by the x-axis, the lines x = 1
and x = 5, and the curve y = ln(5x). Compute the volume of the solid of revolution
obtained by revolving the region R about the y-axis. Hint: Use the method of cylindrical
shells.
Solution:
[3 MARKS] for determining the integrand correctly
[2 MARKS] for determining the limits of integration correctly
[4 MARKS] for applying integration by parts and correctly determining the full
antiderivative
[1 MARK] for apparently completing the integration correctly
Wednesday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Compute
(a)
Z

9x + 2
9x2 + 4x

dx

(b)
Z

1
0

e3x
dx
e6x + 1

Solution:
(a) [4 MARKS] Same scheme as for Problem 1(a) on Monday Versions.
(b) [6 MARKS] Same scheme as for Problem 1(b) on Monday Versions.
2. [10 MARKS] Compute the volume of the solid of revolution about the y-axis obtained
by revolvingthe
 region bounded by the y-axis, the lines y = ln 3 and y = ln 4, and the
x
curve y = ln 2 .
Solution: Note that this is a solid of revolution about the y-axis. To use the Method
of Washers, which is intended, students will have to rewrite the equation of the curve
in the form x = 2ey . A correct solution using the Method of Cylindrical Shells would
certainly be acceptable. Follow the same grading scheme as shown above for Question
2 of Monday Versions.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5144

3. [10 MARKS] Find the average value of the function

x 8+x
on the interval [8, 4].
Solution:
[2 MARKS] for setting up the integral correctly, with correct integrand and limits
of integration
[7 MARKS] for the evaluation of this integral more than one method is feasible:
Integration by Parts: [2 MARKS] for a correct selection of u and dv
[2 MARKS] for determining du and v
[2 MARKS] for applying integration by parts
R
[1 MARK] for the integration of v du.
Substitution: [2 MARKS] for selection of an appropriate substitution u =
u(x)
[2 MARKS] for transforming the integrand correctly into terms of u
[2 MARKS] for correctly changing the limits of integration into terms of
the new variable
[1 MARKS] for correctly evaluating the new definite integral
[1 MARK] for dividing the weighted integral by the length of the interval, and
obtaining the final answer.
Thursday Versions
1. [10 MARKS] Compute
(a)
Z

x3
x2 + 4

dx

(b)
Z

1
0

x+2
dx
x2 + 1

Solution:
(a) [4 MARKS] Same scheme as for Problem 1(a) on Monday Versions.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5145

(b) [6 MARKS] Same scheme as for Problem 1(b) on Monday Versions.

2. [10 MARKS] Compute the volume of the solid of revolution about the y-axis obtained
3
by revolving the region bounded by the lines x = 1 and y = 2 and the curve y = .
x
Solution: Note that this is a solid of revolution about the y-axis; moreover, it has a hole
in the middle. It was intended that students solve this problem using the Method of
Washers. However, the Method of Cylindrical Shells would be acceptable, and is not
difficult.
[4 MARKS] for the integrand
[2 MARKS] for the limits of integration; note that the data given are partly in terms
of x-coordinates and partly in terms of y-.
[2 MARKS] for finding an antiderivative
[2 MARKS] for completing the integration.
3. [10 MARKS] Find the average value of the function

x
3+x

on the interval [2, 1].

Solution:
[2 MARKS] for setting up the integral correctly, with correct integrand and limits
of integration
[7 MARKS] for the evaluation of this integral more than one method is feasible:
Integration by Parts: [2 MARKS] for a correct selection of u and dv
[2 MARKS] for determining du and v
[2 MARKS] for applying integration by parts
R
[1 MARK] for the integration of v du.
Substitution: [2 MARKS] for selection of an appropriate substitution u =
u(x)
[2 MARKS] for transforming the integrand correctly into terms of u
[2 MARKS] for correctly changing the limits of integration into terms of
the new variable
[1 MARKS] for correctly evaluating the new definite integral
[1 MARK] for dividing the weighted integral by the length of the interval, and
obtaining the final answer.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5146

E.3.3 Draft Solutions to Quiz Q3

Instructions to students
1. Show all your work. Marks may not be given for answers not supported by a full solution. For future reference, the form of your solutions should be similar to those shown
in the textbook or Student Solutions Manual for similar problems.
2. In your folded answer sheet you must enclose this question sheet: it will be returned
with your graded paper. (WITHOUT THIS SHEET YOUR QUIZ WILL BE WORTH
0.) All submissions should carry your name and student number.
3. Time = 25 minutes.
4. No calculators are permitted.
Monday Versions
1. [10 MARKS]
(a) Use integration by parts to compute the integral x3/5 ln x dx.
(b) Make a substitution and then use integration by parts to compute the integral

Z
2

x3 e x dx .

Solution:
(a) [4 MARKS]
[2 MARKS] for a correct choice of u and dv and correctly determining du and
v
[2 MARKS] for correctly implementing the selection of u and v and completing the integration correctly
(b) [6 MARKS]
[1 MARK] for correctly implementing an appropriate substitution
[2 MARKS] for a correct choice of u and dv and correctly determining du and
v
[2 MARKS] for correctly implementing the selection of u and v and completing the integration in terms of the new variable
[1 MARK] for expressing the final, correct answer in terms of the original
variable

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5147
Z

2. [10 MARKS] Use a trigonometric substitution to compute

your answer by differentiating it!

1
dx . Verify

( 25 x2 )3

Solution:
[2 MARKS] for selecting a correct substitution (either a sine, a cosine will do).
(Strictly speaking, the substitution should be expressed first in terms of an inverse
sine or inverse cosine, but it is common practice not to make that step explicit, so
one cant expect students to be better than the textbooks.)
[2 MARKS] for implementing the substitution correctly and writing the integral in
terms of the the square of the secant or cosecant.
[2 MARKS] for correctly integrating in terms of the new variable
[2 MARKS] for transforming the integral into terms of the original variable x.
[2 MARKS] for correctly differentiating the antiderivative and thereby obtaining
the original integrand
item [10 MARKS] Find the arc length of the parameterized curve x(t) = e2t + e2t , y(t) =
1
4t 2 . for t between 0 and .
2
Solution: Grading instructions:
[1 MARKS] for an integral of the correct form
[4 MARKS] for correctly computing the derivatives of x and y
[3 MARKS] for correctly finding an antiderivative
[2 MARKS] for correctly completing the evaluation of the integral.
Tuesday Versions
1. [10 MARKS]
(a) Use integration by parts to compute the integral
Z
x sec2 (5x) dx
(b) Make a substitution and then use integration by parts to compute the integral
Z
x3 cos(x2 ) dx

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5148

Solution:
(a) [4 MARKS]
[2 MARKS] for a correct choice of u and dv and correctly determining du and
v
[2 MARKS] for correctly implementing the selection of u and v and completing the integration correctly
(b) [6 MARKS]
[1 MARK] for correctly implementing an appropriate substitution
[2 MARKS] for a correct choice of u and dv and correctly determining du and
v
[2 MARKS] for correctly implementing the selection of u and v and completing the integration in terms of the new variable
[1 MARK] for expressing the final, correct answer in terms of the original
variable
Z
x2
2. [10 MARKS] Use a trigonometric substitution to compute
dx . Verify your

4 x2
answer by differentiating it!
Solution:
[2 MARKS] for selecting a correct substitution (either a sine, a cosine will do).
(Strictly speaking, the substitution should be expressed first in terms of an inverse
sine or inverse cosine, but it is common practice not to make that step explicit, so
one cant expect students to be better than the textbooks.)
[2 MARKS] for implementing the substitution correctly and writing the integral in
terms of the the square of the secant or cosecant.
[2 MARKS] for correctly integrating in terms of the new variable
[2 MARKS] for transforming the integral into terms of the original variable x. This
antiderivative does not include any term with plus/or/minus: there are no ambiguities of signs! If a student shows an ambiguity, this means he has not properly
completed the differentiation of the next part, since only one of the signs will yield
the correct derivative.
[2 MARKS] for correctly differentiating the antiderivative and thereby obtaining
the original integrand
3. [10 MARKS] Find the arc length of the parameterized curve x(t) = 3 + e2t cos t, y(t) =
1
5 + e2t sin t for t between 0 and .
2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5149

Solution: Grading instructions:

[1 MARKS] for an integral of the correct form
[4 MARKS] for correctly computing the derivatives of x and y
[3 MARKS] for correctly finding an antiderivative
[2 MARKS] for correctly completing the evaluation of the integral.
Wednesday Versions
Z
1. [10 MARKS] Compute the integral

e9

cos(ln(x)) dx. Hint: A solution by integration

1

by parts could begin from the observation that cos(ln(x)) = 1 cos(ln(x)). You could also
apply integration by parts after making a substitution.
Solution: There appear to be several ways of attacking this problem, but the attacks will
require 2 applications of integration by parts, followed by the solving of an equation.
Applying Integration by Parts immediately: [1 MARK] for a correct selection
of u and dv for the first integration by parts
[1 MARKS] for correctly determining du and v
[2 MARKS] for correctly applying integration by parts and expressing the
given integral as the value of uv] minus a second integral, which will then
require a second application of integration by parts
[1 MARK] for a correct selection of U and dV for the second integration by
parts
[1 MARKS] for correctly determining dU and V
[2 MARKS] for correctly applying integration by parts and expressing the
original integral as a sum of [uv + UV] minus the same integral
[2 MARKS] for solving the equation for the desired integral and completing
all calculations apparently correctly
Preceding Integration by Parts by a Substitution: [0 MARKS] for selecting a correct substitution, and implementing that substitution correctly both in the integrand and the limits of integration, so that the integral is now written in a form
where the use of integration by parts is well indicated.
[1 MARK] for a correct selection of u and dv for the first integration by parts
[1 MARKS] for correctly determining du and v
[2 MARKS] for correctly applying integration by parts and expressing the
given integral as the value of uv] minus a second integral, which will then
require a second application of integration by parts

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5150

[1 MARK] for a correct selection of U and dV for the second integration by

parts
[1 MARKS] for correctly determining dU and V
[2 MARKS] for correctly applying integration by parts and expressing the
original integral as a sum of [uv + UV] minus the same integral
[2 MARKS] for solving the equation for the desired integral and completing
all calculations apparently correctly
Z
13
2. [10 MARKS] Compute
dx .
(x + 3)(x2 + 4)
Solution:
[2+2 MARKS] for correctly factorizing the denominator and expressing the need
to expand the function into a sum of 2 partial fractions, one with a linear denominator, the other having a general numerator of degree 1 and denominator of degree
2. Reserve a full 2 MARKS for the numerator of the fraction with the quadratic
denominator.
[3 MARKS] for determining correctly the 3 undetermined constants
[3 MARKS] for completing the integration correctly
3. [10 MARKS] Find the surface area of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving the
graph of the parametric curve x(t) = 2t 3, y(t) = t2 3t 1, 0 t 3/2 about the
y-axis.
Solution: Grading instructions:
[2 MARKS] for an integral of the correct form
[3 MARKS] for correctly computing the derivatives of x and y
[3 MARKS] for correctly finding an antiderivative
[2 MARKS] for correctly completing the evaluation of the integral.
Thursday Versions
1. [10
Use a substitution and then integration by parts to compute the integral
Z 6 MARKS]
3/x
e
dx .
x3
3
Solution:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5151

[5 MARKS] for selecting an appropriate substitution to simplify the integral, and

correctly changing the integrand and the limits of integration. Some students may
arrive at the ultimate substitution through several composed substitutions. If they
do not succeed in completing a substitution and thus cannot begin seriously integration by parts, you should grade their work out of a maximum of 5 MARKS.
[2 MARKS] for a correct choice of u and dv and correctly determining du and v
[2 MARKS] for correctly implementing the selection of u and v and completing
the integration in terms of the new variable
[1 MARK] for expressing the final, correct answer in terms of the original variable
Z
25
dx .
2. [10 MARKS] Compute
x(x + 5)2
Solution:
[2+2 MARKS] for correctly factorizing the denominator and expressing the need
to expand the function into a sum of either 2 or 3 partial fractions:
One expansion would have one partial fraction with a linear denominator, the
other having a general numerator of degree 1 and denominator of degree 2
consisting of the 2nd power of a linear function.
Alternatively the function could be expressed as the sum of 3 partial fractions:
the first being associated with the factor of multiplicity 1; the second having
in its denominator the first power of the other linear factor; and the last having
in its denominator the second power of the other linear factor
In both cases there are 3 constants to be determined. Reserve a full 2 MARKS for
the numerator of the fraction with the quadratic denominator, or, alternatively, the
2 terms associated with that linear factor of the denominator.
[3 MARKS] for determining correctly the 3 undetermined constants
[3 MARKS] for completing the integration correctly
3. [10 MARKS] Find the surface area of the solid of revolution obtained by revolving the

2
graph of the parametric curve x(t) = (t + 4)3/2 , y(t) = 2 t + 4, 4 t 0 about the
3
y-axis.
Solution: Grading instructions:
[2 MARKS] for an integral of the correct form
[3 MARKS] for correctly computing the derivatives of x and y
[3 MARKS] for correctly finding an antiderivative
[2 MARKS] for correctly completing the evaluation of the integral.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5152

F Final Examinations from Previous Years

F.1 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-121B (1996/1997)
1. [4 MARKS] Find the derivative of the function F defined by
Z

x4

F(x) =

sin

t dt .

x2

Z
2. [4 MARKS] Evaluate

f (x) dx , where
(

f (x) =

cos x,
3
x + 1,

x 3
2

<x
3

Z
x sin3 x2 cos x2 dx .

3. [7 MARKS] Evaluate
Z

(x5 + 4x ) dx .

4. [7 MARKS] Evaluate

5. [10 MARKS] Calculate the area of the region bounded by the curves
x y = 2.

x = y2

and

6. [10 MARKS] The region bounded by

f (x) = 4x x2 and the x-axis, between
x = 1 and x = 4 , is rotated about the y-axis. Find the volume of the solid that is
generated.
Z
7. [6 MARKS] Evaluate
x ln x dx .
Z
8. [6 MARKS] Evaluate

sin2 x cos5 x dx .

9. [6 MARKS] Determine the partial fraction decomposition of the following ratio of polynomials:
x5 + 2
.
x2 1
10. [4 MARKS] Determine whether or not the following sequence converges as
If it does, find the limit:
)
(
x 3n
.
1+
n

n.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5153

11. [4 MARKS] Determine the following limit, if it exists:

x
lim+
.
x0
x + sin x

12. [6 MARKS] Determine whether the series

kek

converges or diverges.

k=2

13. [6 MARKS] Test the following series for

(a) absolute convergence,
(b) conditional convergence.

k=10

(1)k
.
k(k + 1)

14. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region that consists of all points that lie within the
circle r = 2 cos , but outside the circle r = 1 .
15. [10 MARKS] Determine the length of the curve
r = 5(1 cos ) ,

(0 2) .

F.2 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1997/1998)

1. [10 MARKS]
(a) Sketch the region bounded by the curves
y = x2

and

y = 3 + 5x x2 .

(b) Determine the area of the region.

2. [10 MARKS] The triangular region bounded by the lines
y = x,

y=

3 x
,
2 2

and

y=0

is revolved around the line y = 0. Determine the volume of the solid of revolution which
is generated.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5154

3. [10 MARKS] Find the length of the curve

x = 2.

y =

x2
ln 4 x
2

from

x = 1

to

4. [5 MARKS] Determine, at x = 12 , the value of the function sin1 x and the slope of its
graph.
5. [5 MARKS] Evaluate lim
x2

x3 8
.
x4 16

6. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

lim x x

x0+

Z
2

x3 ex dx .

7. [5 MARKS] Evaluate
Z
8. [10 MARKS] Evaluate
Z
9. [10 MARKS] Evaluate

x3 1
dx .
x3 + x
x3

dx , where |x| < 1 .

1 x2

10. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region that lies within the limacon
and outside the circle r = 2 .

r = 1 + 2 cos

11. [5 MARKS]
Z x Showing all your work, obtain a second-degree Taylor polynomial for
f (x) =
et(1t) dt at x = 0 .
0

12. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following infinite series
converges or diverges. If it converges, find its sum.

X
3n 2n
n=0

4n

13. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether or not the following series converges:
1

X
2n
n2
n=1
14. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following series converges:

X
n=1

1
n 2n

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5155

F.3 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1997/1998)

1. [10 MARKS]
(a) Sketch the region bounded by the curves
y=

8
x+2

and

x + y = 4.

(b) Determine the area of the region.

2. [10 MARKS] The triangular region bounded by the lines
y = x,

y=

3 x
,
2 2

and

y=0

is revolved around the line y = 0. Determine the volume of the solid of revolution which
is generated.
3. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the surface of revolution generated by revolving the curve
y=

1 x
e + ex
2

(0 x 1)

about the x-axis.

4. [5 MARKS] Determine, at x = 12 , the value of the function cos1 x and the slope of its
graph.
5. [10 MARKS] Evaluate lim
x2

x 2 cos x
.
x2 4

! x4
1
6. [5 MARKS] Evaluate lim cos 2
.
x
x
Z
e2x
dx .
7. [5 MARKS] Evaluate
1 + e4x
Z
8. [5 MARKS] Evaluate
x2 cos x dx .
Z
9. [10 MARKS] Evaluate

x3 1
dx .
x3 + x

Z
10. [10 MARKS] Evaluate
a2 u2 du , where |u| < a.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5156

11. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region that lies within the limacon
and outside the circle r = 2 .

r = 1 + 2 cos

12. [5 MARKS]
Z x Showing all your work, obtain a second-degree Taylor polynomial for
f (x) =
e s(1s) ds at x = 0 .
0

13. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following infinite series
converges or diverges. If it converges, find its sum.

X
1 + 2n + 3n

5n

n=0

14. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether or not the following series converges.

X
ln n
n
n=1
15. [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following series convereges.

X
n=1

n2 + 1
en (n + 1)2

F.4 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1998/1999)

1. [8 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the curves y2 = x and (y1)2 = 5 x.
2. [8 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid of revolution generated by revolving about the
line x = 1 the region bounded by the curve (x 1)2 = 5 4y and the line y = 1 .
3. [8 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the line x = 0
the region bounded by the curves

and

y
y
x
x

=
=
=
=

sin x
2
0
2 .

4. [8 MARKS]
Find the area of the surface obtained by revolving the curve y = x2 (0

x 2) about the y-axis.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5157

Zx
3

et dt .

5. Define the function F by F(x) =

0

(a) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, explain clearly whether or not the following
inequalities are true.
3
e < F(e) < ee +1 .
(b) [4 MARKS] Determine
following points:

the

value

of

d
F(x3 )
dx

at

each

of

the

i. at x = 0 .
ii. at x = 2 .
6. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
Z
sin3 x dx .
7. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
Z
x2 ex dx .
8. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
Z
x1
dx .
3
x x2 2x
9. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
Z 3
x + x2 + x 1
dx .
x2 + 2x + 2
10. [8 MARKS] Find the area of the region inside the curve r = 3 sin and outside the curve
r = 2 cos .
11. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following integrals is convergent
or divergent:
Z
(a) [4 MARKS]

sin x dx .
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z2
(b) [4 MARKS]

5158

dx
.
1 x2

12. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following sequences is convergent
or divergent.


(a) [4 MARKS] n sin
n


(b) [4 MARKS] (2 n + 1) en
13. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following infinite series is convergent or divergent:
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
1
.
3
4n
n=1

X
1 1
(b) [4 MARKS]
+
.
n n2
n=1
14. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following series is convergent,
divergent, conditionally convergent and/or absolutely convergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

(1)n

n+2
.
n(n + 1)

(1)n

cos n
.
n2

n=1

(b) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

F.5 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1998/1999)

1. [8 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the curves y2 = x and y = 6 x.
2. [8 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid of revolution generated by revolving about the
line x = 0 the region bounded by the curve y = 4 x2 and the lines x = 0 and
y=0 .
3. [8 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving about the line x = 0
the region bounded by the curves

and

y
y
x
x

=
=
=
=

sin x
2
0
2 .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5159

4. [8 MARKS]
Find the area of the surface obtained by revolving the curve y = x2 (0

x 2) about the y-axis.

Zx
sin10 t dt .

5. Define the function F by F(x) =

0

(a) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, explain clearly whether or not the following
inequalities are true.
0 < F(e) < e .
(b) [4 MARKS] Determine
following points:

the

value

of

d
F(x)
dx

at

each

of

the

i. at x = 0 .

ii. at x = .
2
6. [8 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
Z
2
x5 ex dx .
7. [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
Z 3
x x2 + x + 1
dx .
x2 2x + 2
8. [8 MARKS] Find the area of the region inside the curve r = 6 sin and outside the curve
r = 4 2 sin .
9. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following integrals is convergent
or divergent:
Z
(a) [4 MARKS]

cos x dx .
0

Z4
(b) [4 MARKS]

dx
.
4 x2

10. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following sequences is convergent
or divergent.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5160


(a) [4 MARKS] n sin
n


(b) [4 MARKS] (2 n + 1) en
11. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following infinite series is convergent or divergent:
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
1
.
5
4n
n=1

X
1 1
(b) [4 MARKS]
3 .
n
n
n=1

F.6 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1999/2000)

1. [11 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the curves
y2 + 12y 16 .

x = y2

and

x=

2. [11 MARKS] Let C denote the arc of the curve y = cosh x for 1 x 1 . Find
the volume of the solid of revolution generated by revolving about the line x = 2
e2 + 1
the region bounded by C and the line y =
.
2e
3.

(a) [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

Z

9
2
3
2

6t t2 dt .

(b) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

Z

3
4

4.

1 sin u du .

(a) [7 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine a reduction Zformula which expresses, for any integer n not less than 2, the value of
xn sin 2x dx in
Z
terms of
xn2 sin 2x dx.
Z
(b) [4 MARKS] Use your reduction formula to determine the indefinite integral
x2 sin 2x dx.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5161

5. [11 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

Z
8x2 21x + 6
dx .
(x 2)2 (x + 2)
6. [11 MARKS] Find the area of the region
r = 1 + cos and outside the curve r = 1 cos .

inside

the

curve

7. [11 MARKS] Determine whether the following integral is convergent or divergent. If it

is convergent, find its value. Show all your work.
Z 3
1
dx
4
0
5
(x 1)
8. [11 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following infinite series is

X
2
n! e(n 1) .
convergent or divergent:
n=1

9. Showing all your work, determine whether each of the following series is convergent,
divergent, conditionally convergent and/or absolutely convergent.
(a) [6 MARKS]

(1)n

n+2


n .

n=1

(b) [6 MARKS]

X
n=1

(1)n

n

.
ln n2

F.7 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (1999/2000)

1. [11 MARKS] Determine the area of the region bounded by the curves
y = 2 x2 .

y = x4

and

2. [11 MARKS] Determine the volume of the solid generated by rotating the region bounded
by the curves y = 2x2 and y2 = 4x around the x-axis.
3. Evaluate the integrals:
Z
x7
(a) [5 MARKS]
dx .

1 x4
Z
x2
(b) [6 MARKS]
dx .

4 x2

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5162
Z

/2

4. [11 MARKS] Showing all your work, find

e2x sin 3x dx .

6x3 18x
dx .
(x2 1)(x2 4)

5. [11 MARKS] Determine

6. [11 MARKS] Find the area of the region inside the curve
r = 2.

r = 2 + 2 sin

and outside
Z

7. [11 MARKS] Determine whether the following improper integral converges:

0

ln x
dx .
x2

8. [11 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following infinite series

X
1
converges:
.

15n3 + 3
n=1
9. Showing all your work, determine, for each of the following series, whether it is convergent, divergent, conditionally convergent and/or absolutely convergent.
(a) [6 MARKS]

X
(1)n ln n

n=1

(b) [6 MARKS]

X
cos n
n=1

F.8 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (2000/2001)

1. Showing all your work, determine, for each of the following infinite series, whether or
not it converges.

n
.
n3 + 1
i=1

 n 
X
ln
(b) [3 MARKS]
.
3n + 1
n=1
(a) [3 MARKS]

(c) [6 MARKS]

X
(1)n (3n + 1)4
n=2

5n

2. [12 MARKS] Determine the volume of the solid of revolution generated by revolving
about the y-axis the region bounded by the curves
2

y = ex ,

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5163

y = 0,
x = 0,
x = 1.
3. [12 MARKS] Determine the area of the surface of revolution generated by revolving
about the x-axis the curve


y = cos x ,
0x
.
6
[Hint: You may wish to make use of the fact that
Z
2
sec3 d = sec tan + ln | sec + tan | + C .]
4. [12
MARKS]
Find
the
r = 3 cos and outside the curve
5. [14 MARKS] Evaluate the integral
Z

area
that
r = 2 cos .

the

circle

x = t3 + t2 + 1 ,

y = 1 t2 ,

determine

The equation of the tangent line at the point

written in the form y = mx + b , where m and b are cond2 y
dx2

(b) [6 MARKS] the value of

7.

inside

x
dx .
(x 1)(x2 + 4)

6. For the curve given parametrically by

(a) [6 MARKS]
(x, y) = (1, 0) ,
stants;

is

at the point

(x, y) = (1, 0) .

(a) [10 MARKS] Use integration by parts to determine the value of

Z
e x cos x dx .
Z

(b) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

e x cos x dx .

8. [12 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the curves
y = 2x2 + 5x 2 .

y = x2 4

and

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5164

F.9 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (2000/2001)

1.

(a) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, find F 0 (1) when

Z 2t
x
F(t) =
dx .
3
x +x+7
1
(b) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

R6
0

|x 2| dx .

2. Showing all of your work, evaluate each of the following integrals:

Z
x+1
(a) [4 MARKS]
dx;

9 x2
Z
1
(b) [4 MARKS]
dx;
3
2x + x
Z
(c) [4 MARKS]
sin2 2x cos2 2x dx;
Z
(d) [4 MARKS]
ln x dx
3. [15 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the area of the region bounded below by the
1
1
line y = , and above by the curve y =
.
2
1 + x2
4. [15 MARKS] Showing all your work, find the volume generated by revolving about the
y-axis the smaller region bounded by the circle x2 + y2 = 25 and the line x = 4 .
5. Showing all your work,
(a) [2 MARKS] sketch the curve

r = 1 sin ;

(b) [6 MARKS] find the length of the portion of the curve that lies in the region given

by r 0 , ;
2
2
(c) [5 MARKS] find the coordinates of the points on the curve where the tangent line
is parallel to the line = 0 .
6. For each of the following integrals, determine whether it is convergent or divergent; if it
is convergent, you are expected to determine its value. Show all your work.
Z 2
1
dx ;
(a) [7 MARKS]
3
1 x
Z
2
(b) [7 MARKS]
xex dx .
1

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5165

7. Showing all your work, determine, for each of the following series, whether or not it
converges:
(a) [5 MARKS]

X
n=2

(b) [5 MARKS]

1
;
n(ln n)2
!
n2 1
;
n2 + 1

(1)

n=1

(c) [5 MARKS]

X
n+1
n=1

3n

F.10 Final Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (2001/2002)

1. Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following indefinite integrals:
Z
x3
(a) [3 MARKS]
dx

4 x2
Z
1
(b) [3 MARKS]
dy
p
y ln y
Z
sec u
(c) [3 MARKS]
tan u du
1 + sec u
Z
et
(d) [3 MARKS]
dt
1 + e2t
2. Let K denote the curve
y = x2 ,

(0 x 1) .

(a) [6 MARKS] Determine the area of the surface of revolution generated by revolving
K about the y-axis.
(b) [6 MARKS] Determine the volume of the solid of revolution formed by revolving
about the line y = 0 the region bounded by K and the lines x = 1 and
y = 0.
3. Consider the arc C given by r = 2 (0 ).
(a) [4 MARKS] Express the length of C as a definite integral. Then evaluate the integral.
(b) [4 MARKS] Determine the area of the region subtended by C at the pole i.e. of
the region bounded by the arc C and the line = 0.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5166

(c) [4 MARKS] The given curve can be represented in cartesian coordinates parametrically as x = 2 cos , y = 2 sin . Determine the slope of the tangent to this curve
 2
at the point (x, y) = 0, 2 .
4. [12 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the integral
Z
40 16x2


dx .
1 4x2 (1 + 2x)
5. [12 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the area of the region bounded by the
curves y = arctan x and 4y = x in the first quadrant.
6.

(a) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the value of

Z
sin3 x cos2 x dx .
(b) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the value of
Z
tan4 x dx .

Z2

tan4 x dx .

(c) [4 MARKS] Investigate the convergence of the integral

0

7. [12 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the value of

Z x Z e2t

d2

dt
u
+
1
du

dx2 0
1
when x = 0.
8. Showing all your work, determine, for each of the following infinite series, whether it is
absolutely convergent, conditionally convergent, or divergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
n=5

(1)n

n2 1
.
6n2 + 4

X
(1)n
(b) [4 MARKS]
.
n(ln n)2
n=2

(c) [4 MARKS]
(d) [4 MARKS]

n(n+1)

X
(1) 2

n=2

X
n=0

2n
n+5
.
2n

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5167

F.11 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in Mathematics 189-141B (2001/2002)

1. Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following, always simplifying your answer
as much as possible:
Z
(a) [3 MARKS]
e x sin x dx

Z 12
Z 12

sin1 y
arcsin
y
(b) [3 MARKS]
dy equivalently,
dy .
p
p
0
0
1 y2
1 y2
Z
(c) [3 MARKS]
(u2 + 2u)eu du
Z
1 + cos t
(d) [3 MARKS]
dt
sin t
2. Let K denote the curve

y = 2x x2 ,

!
1
0x
.
2

(a) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, use an integral to determine the area of the
surface of revolution generated by revolving K about the x-axis.
(b) [6 MARKS] Determine
the volume of the solid of revolution formed by revolving

3
about the line y = 2 the region bounded by K and the lines x = 0 and

y = 23 .
(You may assume that
Z

2x x2 dx =

x1
1
2x x2 + arccos(1 x) .)
2
2

3. A curve C in the plane is given by parametric equations

x = t3 3t2
y = t3 3t .
(a) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine all points (x, y) on C where the
tangent is horizontal.
d2 y
(b) [6 MARKS] By determining the value of
as a function of t, determine all
dx2
points (x, y) on C at which the ordinate (y-coordinate) is a (local) maximum, and
all points at which the ordinate is a (local) minimum.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5168

4. [12 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate the indefinite integral
Z
4x3


dx .
x2 9 (3x + 9)
5. [12 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the area of the region bounded by the
curves x 2y + 7 = 0 and y2 6y x = 0 .
6.

(a) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

Z
sin4 x cos2 x dx .
(b) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
Z
tan5 x dx .

Z2

tan5 d .

(c) [4 MARKS] Investigate the convergence of the integral

7. [12 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the value of

!
Z x Z 3 p
d2
4 + sin(2u) du dt
dx2 0
2t
when x = 4 . Your answer should be simplified, if possible.
8. Showing all your work, determine, for each of the following infinite series, whether it is
absolutely convergent, conditionally convergent, or divergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

1
(1)n
.
n+1
n=5

X
(1)2n
(b) [4 MARKS]
.
n(ln n)3
n=2
!3n

X
2n
(c) [4 MARKS]
.
1 + 5n
n=2
 
sin 1
X
1
n
  .
(d) [4 MARKS]
1
n
n=1 cos
n

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5169

9. [10 MARKS] Prove or disprove the following statement: The point with polar coordinates

r = 2( 2 1)

= + arcsin(( 2 1)2 )

lies on the intersection of the curves with polar equations

r2 = 4 sin ,
r = 1 + sin .
You are expected to justify every statement you make, but you do not need to sketch the
curves.

F.12 Final Examination in MATH 141 2003 01

1. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded in the first quadrant by the curves
y = ex ,

y = ex ,

y = e2x3 .

Simplify your answer as much as possible. (Your instructors are aware that you do not
have the use of a calculator.)
2. Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following indefinite integrals:
Z
1
(a) [5 MARKS]
dx
2
x + 2x + 17
Z
ln(ln x)
(b) [5 MARKS]
dx
x
3. [12 MARKS] For each of the following integrals,
(a) [2 MARKS] Explain why the integral is improper.
(b) [10 MARKS] Determine its value, or show that the integral does not converge.
Show all your work.
Z
2(x2 x + 1)
I1 =
dx ,
2
2 (x 1)(x + 1)

I2 =
0

2(x2 x + 1)
dx
(x 1)(x2 + 1)

4. Let denote the region in the first quadrant bounded by the curves x =
x = 0, and y = 3.

16 + y2 , y = 0,

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5170

(a) [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the volume of the solid of revolution obtained by rotating about the y-axis.
(b) [7 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the area of the surface of revolution
obtained by rotating the arc
p
x = 16 + y2 , (0 y 3)
about the y-axis. You may assume that
d
(sec tan + ln |sec + tan |) = 2 sec3 .
d
.
5. Consider the arc C given parametrically by
Z tp

4(1 cos )2 d
x =

y = cos t + t sin t

( t 2) .

Showing all your work

(a) [4 MARKS] Find the slope of the tangent to C at the point with parameter value
3
t=
.
2
(b) [6 MARKS] Find the length of C.
6. Give, for each of the following statements, a specific example to show that the statement
is not a theorem:
(a) [3 MARKS] If {an }
n=0 is a sequence such that lim an = 0, then
n

(b) [3 MARKS] If the series

n=0

divergent.
(c) [3 MARKS] If a series

P
n=0

an and

P
n=0

P
n=0

an converges.

bn are both divergent, then

an converges, then

P
n=0

(an + bn ) is

n=0

a2n converges.

7. Showing all your work, determine, for each of the following infinite series, whether it is
absolutely convergent, conditionally convergent, or divergent.

X
(1)n
(a) [4 MARKS]
.
4n2 + 1
n=0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5171

!n2

X
n1
(b) [4 MARKS]
n
n=2
(c) [4 MARKS]

X
n=2

1
.

n(n + 1)

8. [10 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the area of the part of one leaf of the
4-leafed rose r = 2 cos(2) that is inside the circle r = 1.

F.13 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2003 01

1. [10 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the curves
y = e x 1,

y = x2 x,

x = 1.

2. Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following:

Z 1
ex
(a) [5 MARKS]
dx
x2
Z 5
(b) [5 MARKS]
|x2 4x| dx
2

3. [12 MARKS] For each of the following integrals,

(a) [2 MARKS] Explain precisely whether the integral is improper.
(b) [10 MARKS] Determine its value, simplifying as much as possible; or show that
the integral does not converge. (The examiners are aware that you do not have
access to a calculator.)
Show all your work.
Z 1
2x
I1 =
dx ,
2
0 (x 1)(x + 1)

I2 =
2

2x
dx
(x 1)(x2 + 1)

4. Let denote the region bounded by the curves y = sin x, y = 0, x = 2 , x = .

(a) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the volume of the solid of revolution obtained by rotating about the y-axis.
(b) [6 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the volume of the solid of revolution obtained by rotating about the x-axis.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5172

5. Consider the arc C given parametrically by

x = 2t(t 3)

y = 6t(t)

(1 t 1) .

Showing all your work

(a) [4 MARKS] Find the slope of the tangent to C at the point with parameter value
t = 12 .
(b) [6 MARKS] Find the area of the surface obtained by rotating the curve about the
x-axis.
6. Give, for each of the following statements, a specific example to show that the statement
is not a theorem:
(a) [3 MARKS] If {bn }
n=0 is a sequence such that lim bn = 1, then
n

(b) [3 MARKS] If a series

P
n=0

(c) [3 MARKS] If the series

b2n converges, then

n=0

vergent.

an and

P
n=0

P
n=0

P
n=0

bn converges.

bn converges.

bn are both divergent, then

(an bn ) is di-

n=0

7. Showing all your work, determine, for each of the following infinite series, whether it is
absolutely convergent, conditionally convergent, or divergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
(1)n
1

n=3

(b) [4 MARKS]

n=0

(c) [4 MARKS]

en

1
(n + 5)(n + 6)

2
(1)n1
.
n

1
n=2

8. [10 MARKS]Showing all your work, find the area of the region that lies inside the curve
r = 2 2 sin and outside the curve r = 3 .

F.14 Final Examination in MATH 141 2004 01

One of several versions

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5173

1. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Give the numeric value of each of the following limits, sums, integrals. If it does not exist write DIVERGENT.
(a)

X
1 + 2n1

3n

n=1

=
ANSWER ONLY

(b)

xe x dx =

ANSWER ONLY

(c) The limit of the Riemann sum lim


n
P
2

n i=1 n

3+


2i 2
n



2i 5
6 3+ n
=

ANSWER ONLY

(d)

xex dx =

ANSWER ONLY

(e)

X
n=3

4
=
(2n + 1)(2n + 3)
ANSWER ONLY

2. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Simplify your answers as much as possible.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5174

 
(a) For the point with polar coordinates 3, 7 give another set of polar coordinates
(r, ) in which r < 0 and > 2.
ANSWER ONLY

(b) Determine the length of the arc of the curve r = 2 from (0, 0) to (1, 1).
ANSWER ONLY

Rt
R4 2
2
(c) A curve is given parametrically by x(t) = 0 eu du, y(t) = t eu du. Find the
slope of the tangent to the curve at (x(1), y(1)).
ANSWER ONLY

(d) Give a definite integral whose value is the area of the surface obtained by rotating

y3
1 1
y 1 about the y-axis. You need not evaluate the
the curve x =
+
2
6
2y
integral.
ANSWER ONLY

(e) On the interval 0 x 4 the average value of the function

(
1 x if 0 x 1
f (x) =
is
x2
if 1 < x 4

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

ANSWER ONLY

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Give the value of each of the following indefinite integrals:
Z
x
(a)
dx =
2
3x + 1
ANSWER ONLY

Z
(b)

e x 1 + e x dx =
ANSWER ONLY

Z
(sin2 x 3 cos2 x) dx =

(c)

ANSWER ONLY

Z
(d)

tan2 3x dx =
ANSWER ONLY

5175

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5176

Z
(e)

sec3 x tan3 x dx =
ANSWER ONLY

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Let R be the finite region bounded by the curves x = y2 and x = 4 3y4 .
(a) [5 MARKS] Find the area of R.
(b) [5 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving R about the y-axis.
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] Evaluate the definite integral
Z 12 4x 2x2 x 2
21

(x2 + 1)(x2 1)

dx .

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [4 MARKS] Show that, for any positive integer n,
Z
Z
2n
2n
(ln x) dx = x(ln x) 2n (ln x)2n1 dx
(b) [7 MARKS] Evaluate the integral
Z

p
0

y
2y y2

dy .

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[4 MARKS EACH] Determine for each of the following series whether it
converges absolutely;
converges conditionally; or
diverges.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5177

!2
1 n
(a)
1+
e
n
n=1

X
(1)n 2n
(b)

1+2 n
n=10

X
n
+
2

n1
(1)n
(c)
n
n=2

(d)

X
2 + cos n

6n

n=0

8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[6 MARKS] Find the area bounded by one loop of the curve r = cos 3.
Another version
1. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Give the numeric value of each of the following limits, sums, integrals. If it does not exist write DIVERGENT.
(a)

X
1 + 3n1
n=1

4n

=
ANSWER ONLY

(b)

yey dy =

ANSWER ONLY

(c) The limit of the Riemann sum lim


n
P
2

n i=1 n

ANSWER ONLY

4+


2i 2
n


5 
7 4 + 2in
=

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z

(d)

5178

yey dy =

ANSWER ONLY

(e)

X
n=3

4
=
(2n 1)(2n + 1)
ANSWER ONLY

2. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Simplify your answers as much as possible.
(a) On the interval 0 x 4 the average value of the function
(
1 x if 0 x 1
f (x) =
is
x2
if 1 < x 4
ANSWER ONLY

 
(b) For the point with polar coordinates 3, 5 give another set of polar coordinates
(r, ) in which r < 0 and > 2.
ANSWER ONLY

(c) Determine the length of the arc of the curve r = 2 from (0, 0) to (1, 1).
ANSWER ONLY

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5179

Rt
R4 2
2
(d) A curve is given parametrically by x(t) = 0 ev dv, y(t) = t ev dv. Find the
slope of the tangent to the curve at (x(1), y(1)).
ANSWER ONLY

(e) Give a definite integral whose value is the area of the surface obtained by rotating

y3
1 1
the curve x =

1
about the y-axis. You need not evaluate the
+
6
2y 2
integral.
ANSWER ONLY

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Give the value of each of the following indefinite integrals:
Z
(a)
sec3 x tan3 x dx =
ANSWER ONLY

Z
(b)

x
dx =
5x2 + 1
ANSWER ONLY

Z
(c)

e x 1 + e x dx =

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5180

ANSWER ONLY

Z
(3 sin2 x cos2 x) dx =

(d)

ANSWER ONLY

Z
(e)

tan2 4x dx =
ANSWER ONLY

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Let S be the finite region bounded by the curves y = x2 and y = 4 3x4 .
(a) [5 MARKS] Find the area of S .
(b) [5 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid generated by revolving S about the xaxis.
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] Evaluate the definite integral
Z 12 4x 4x2 2x 4
12

(x2 + 1)(x2 1)

dx .

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [4 MARKS] Show that, for any positive integer m,
Z
Z
2m
2m
(ln y) dy = y(ln y) 2m (ln y)2m1 dy

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

(b) [7 MARKS] Evaluate the integral
Z

5181

x
2x x2

dx .

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[4 MARKS EACH] Determine for each of the following series whether it
converges absolutely;
converges conditionally; or
diverges.

X
(1)n 2n
(a)

1+2 n
n=10
!2

X
1 n
(b)
1+
e
n
n=1
(c)

X
(cos n) 2

4n

n=0

n+2 n1
(1)
(d)
n
n=2

8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[6 MARKS] Find the area bounded by one loop of the curve r = cos 3.

F.15 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2004 01

1. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Give the numeric value of each of the following limits, sums, integrals. If it does not exist write DIVERGENT.
(a)

X
en en
n=1

3n

=
ANSWER ONLY

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z

5182

xe x dx =

(b)

ANSWER ONLY

X 2  i 
sin
=
(c) The limit of the Riemann sum lim
n n
n
i=1
n

ANSWER ONLY

(d)

X
n=0

4
=
(2n + 1)(2n + 3)
ANSWER ONLY

2. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Simplify your answers as much as possible.



(a) For the point with polar coordinates (r, ) = 10

,

give another set of polar

3
6
coordinates (r1 , 1 ) in which r1 > 0 and 1 > 2 .
ANSWER ONLY

(b) Find all points

r = 1 cos and

if
r = 32

there are
intersect.

any

where

the

curves

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5183

ANSWER ONLY

(c) Find the exact length of the curve

r = e2 ,

(0 ) .

ANSWER ONLY

(d) On the interval ln 12 x the average value of the function

(
sinh x if ln 12 x 0
f (x) =
is
sin x if
0<x
ANSWER ONLY

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS
[3 MARKS EACH] Give the value of each of the following indefinite integrals:
Z
1
(a)
dx =
4x2 + 1
ANSWER ONLY

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z
(b)

dx
x2 25

5184

=
ANSWER ONLY

Z
(cos x + 1)(cos x 2) dx =

(c)

ANSWER ONLY

Z
(d)

tan 3x dx =
ANSWER ONLY

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

3
1 p 2
Let C be the arc x =
y +2 ,
3

( 2 y 0) .

(a) [6 MARKS] Find the area of the surface obtained by revolving C about the x-axis.
(b) [6 MARKS] Find the volume of the solid generated by revolvingabout the y-axis
the region bounded by C, the coordinate axes, and the line y = 2.
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z
x3 8x 1
dx .
(x2 1)(x + 1)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5185

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Simplify your answers as much as possible.
(a) [6 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral

1 9x2 dx .

arctan x dx .

(b) [6 MARKS] Evaluate the definite integral

0

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[4 MARKS EACH] Determine for each of the following series whether it
converges absolutely;
converges conditionally; or
diverges.

n
(1)
(a)
ln(n2 )
n=2

(b)

n ln

X
1 3 5 . . . (2n 1)

3n n!

n=1

(c)
(d)

X
sin 2n
1 + 2n
n=1

X
n=1

(1)

n
3n 1

8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[12 MARKS] Use polar coordinates no other method will be accepted to find the
1
area of the region bounded by the curve r = 2 and the line r =
, and containing the
cos
pole.

F.16 Final Examination in MATH 141 2005 01

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Z

(a) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

|x 1| dx .
0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

d
(b) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
dx

Z
Z

5186

4 + t2 dt .

x
2

x
d
(c) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
sec t dt .
dx 2
Z
 3

(d) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
x5 x3 + 1 dx .

SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

2. For each of the following series you are expected to apply one or more tests for convergence or divergence and determine whether the series is convergent. In each case you
must answer 3 questions:
Name the test(s) that you are using.
Explain why the test(s) you have chosen is/are applicable to the given series.
Use the test(s) to conclude whether or not the series is convergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
2 cos n
n=2

(b) [4 MARKS]

X
n(3)n
n=0

(c) [4 MARKS]

X
n=2

4n
1
n ln n

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS Express the value of each of the following as a definite integral
or a sum, product, or quotient of several definite integrals, but do not evaluate the integral(s). It is not enough to quote a general formula: your integrals must have integrand
and limits specific to the given problems:
(a) [6 MARKS] The area of the region bounded by the parabola y = x2 , the x-axis, and
the tangent to the parabola at the point (1, 1).
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5187

(b) [3 MARKS] The volume of the solid obtained

p by rotating about the line y = 4 the
region bounded by x = 0 and the curve x = sin y (0 y ).
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(c) [3 MARKS] The area of the surface obtained by revolving about the y-axis the
curve y = e x , 1 y 2.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(d) [2 MARKS] The average value of the function

2.

2x
over the interval 0 x
(1 + x2 )2

DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z
2x3 + 3x2 + 3
dx .
x2 + x 12
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
(a) [9 MARKS] Use
m 2,
Z

integration

by

parts

to

prove that, for

Z
1
m1
m
m1
cos x dx = cos x sin x +
cosm2 x dx
m
m

integers

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5188

(b) [3 MARKS] Showing all your work, use the formula you have proved to evaluate
Z 2
cos6 x dx.
0

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Consider the curve C defined by
x = 2 cos t cos 2t
y = 2 sin t sin 2t .
(a) [8 MARKS] Determine the points where the arc of the curve given by

7
t
4
4
has a vertical tangent.
(b) [4 MARKS] Determine the length of the arc of the curve given by
0 t 2 .
7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
(a) [5 MARKS] Determine whether the following integral is convergent; if it is convergent, determine its value:
Z 1
dx

1
1 x2
(b) [5 MARKS] Determine whether the following series is conditionally convergent,
absolutely convergent, or divergent.

X
n=1

(1)n

n!
nn

(c) [3 MARKS] Determine whether the sequence an = ln(n + 1) ln n is convergent;

if it is convergent, carefully determine its limit.
8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] Find the area of the region bounded by the curves
r = 4 + 4 sin
r sin = 3
which does not contain the pole.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5189

F.17 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2005 01

Instructions
1. Fill in the above clearly.
2. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed in.
You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
3. Calculators are not permitted.
4. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 7 containing questions; and
Pages 8, 9, and 10, which are blank.
5. There are two kinds of problems on this examination, each clearly marked as to its type.

Most of the questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Their solutions are to be written in the space provided on the page where the question
is printed. When that space is exhausted, you may write on the facing page . Any
solution may be continued on the last pages, or the back cover of the booklet, but you
must indicate any continuation clearly on the page where the question is printed!

Some of the questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these you
are expected to write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked to show
your work, and you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are not correct.
You are expected to simplify your answers wherever possible.
You are advised to spend the first few minutes scanning the problems. (Please inform the
invigilator if you find that your booklet is defective.)
6. A TOTAL OF 85 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS EXAMINATION.

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Z

(a) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

|x2 1| dx .

d
(b) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
dx

Z
Z

et dt .

x
2

x
d
dt
.
(c) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
dx 1 1 + t5
Z
(d) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
x sin(x2 ) dx .

SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5190

2. For each of the following series you are expected to apply one or more tests for convergence or divergence and determine whether the series is convergent. In each case you
must answer 3 questions:
Name the test(s) that you are using.
Explain why the test(s) you have chosen is/are applicable to the given series.
Use the test(s) to conclude whether or not the series is convergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
n=2

2n
3n 1

!n

X
(1)n
(b) [4 MARKS]

n1
n=2

X
(4)n
(c) [4 MARKS]
3n + 2n
n=2

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS Express the value of each of the following as a definite integral
possibly improper or a sum, product, or quotient of several such integrals, but do
not evaluate the integral(s). It is not enough to quote a general formula: your integrals
must have integrand and limits specific to the given problems:
 
(a) [6 MARKS] The area of the infinite region containing the point 0, 21 bounded by
the curve y = e x , the x-axis, and the tangent to the curve at the point (1, e).
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(b) [3 MARKS]
The volume generated by rotating the region bounded by the curves

y = x 1, y = 0, x = 5 about the line y = 3.

DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5191

(c) [3 MARKS] The area of the surface obtained by revolving about the x-axis the
curve x = ln y, 1 x 3.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z 3
x x2 2x 2
dx .
x(x2 + x + 1)
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
(a) [9 MARKS] Use integration by parts to prove that, for
m , 1,
Z
Z
1
m2
m
m2
sec x dx =
sec x tan x +
secm2 x dx
m1
m1

integers

(b) [3 MARKS] Showing all your work, use the formula you have proved to evaluate
Z 3
sec3 x dx.
0

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

The curve C has equations x = t3 + 4t, y = 6t2 .
(a) [8 MARKS] Determine the points on C where the tangent is parallel to the line
with equations x = 7t, y = 12t 5.
(b) [4 MARKS] Determine a definite integral whose value is the length of the arc of
C between the points with parameter values t = 1 and t = 2. YOU ARE NOT
EXPECTED TO EVALUATE THE INTEGRAL!
7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] Find the area of the region between the inner loop and the outer loop of
the curve r = 1 2 cos .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5192

F.18 Final Examination in MATH 141 2006 01 (One version)

Instructions
1. Fill in the above clearly.
2. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed
in. You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
3. Calculators are not permitted. This is a closed book examination. Regular and translation dictionaries are permitted.
4. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 8 containing questions;
and Pages 9, 10, and 11, which are blank. Your neighbours version of this test may be
different from yours.
5. There are two kinds of problems on this examination, each clearly marked as to its type.
Most of the questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Their solutions are to be written in the space provided on the page where the question is printed. When that space is exhausted, you may write on the facing page.
Any solution may be continued on the last pages, or the back cover of the booklet,
but you must indicate any continuation clearly on the page where the question is
printed!
Some of the questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these
you are expected to write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked
to show your work, and you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are
not correct.
You are expected to simplify your answers wherever possible.
You are advised to spend the first few minutes scanning the problems. (Please inform
the invigilator if you find that your booklet is defective.)
6. A TOTAL OF 100 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS EXAMINATION.
1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Z

(a) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

|x| dx .
1

Ze3
(b) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
1

dt
.

t 1 + ln t

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5193

Z x2
d
2
(c) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
et dt .
dx 0
(d) [4 MARKS] Evaluate
!7
!7
!7
!7
1 0
1
2
n 1
.
lim
+
+
+ ... +
n n
n
n
n
n
SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

2. For each of the following series you are expected to apply one or more tests for convergence or divergence and determine whether the series is convergent. In each case you
must answer 3 questions:
Name the test(s) that you are using.
Explain why the test(s) you have chosen is/are applicable to the given series.
Use the test(s) to conclude whether or not the series is convergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

(b) [4 MARKS]

1
(tanh n)2 + 1
n2n en

n=1

(c) [4 MARKS]

X
n2 85n + 12
n=1

n(n + 6)2

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS Express the value of each of the following as a definite integral
or a sum, product, or quotient of several definite integrals, but do not evaluate the integral(s). It is not enough to quote a general formula: your integrals must have integrand
and limits specific to the given problems, and should be simplified as much as possible,
except that you are not expected to evaluate the integrals.
(a) [3 MARKS] Expressed as integral(s) along the x-axis only, the area of the region
bounded by the parabola y2 = 2x + 6 and the line y = x 1. An answer involving
integration along the y-axis will not be accepted.
(b) [3 MARKS] The volume of the solid obtained by rotating about the line y = 1 the
region bounded by the curves y = x3 and y = x2 . For this question you are to use
only the method of washers.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5194

(c) [3 MARKS] The volume of the solid obtained by rotating about the line y = 1 the
region bounded by the curves y = x3 and y = x2 . For this question you are to use
only the method of cylindrical shells.
(d) [3 MARKS] The length of the curve whose equation is
x2 y2
+
= 1.
4
9
4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z 5
x +x
dx .
x4 16
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following:
Z
(a) [4 MARKS]
cos x cosh x dx
(b) [5 MARKS]

Z1

x2 + 2x + 5 dx

(c) [4 MARKS]

sin2 x cos2 x dx

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Consider the curve C defined by
x = x(t) = 10 3t2
y = y(t) = t3 3t ,
where < t < +.
d2 y
(a) [8 MARKS] Determine the value of 2 at the points where the tangent is horizondx
tal.
(b) [4 MARKS] Determine the area of the surface of revolution about the x-axis of the
arc
o
n

(x(t), y(t)) : 3 t 0 .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5195

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [5 MARKS] Showing detailed work, determine whether the following integral is
convergent; if it is convergent, determine its value:
Z 0
dx
.
2
1 x 3
(b) [5 MARKS] Determine whether the following series is conditionally convergent,
absolutely convergent, or divergent.

X
(1)n
n ln n
n=1

(c) [3 MARKS] Give an example of a sequence {an } with the property that lim an = 0
n

X
an = +. You are expected to give a formula for the general term an of
but
n=1

your sequence.
8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] The arc
r = 1 cos

(0 )

divides the area bounded by the curve

r = 1 + sin

(0 2)

into two parts. Showing

 all your work, carefully find the area of the part that contains

the point (r, ) = 12 , 2 .

F.19 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2006 01

Instructions
1. Fill in the above clearly.
2. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed in.
You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
3. Calculators are not permitted. This is a closed book examination. Regular and translation
dictionaries are permitted.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5196

4. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 8 containing questions; and
Pages 9, 10, and 11, which are blank.
5. There are two kinds of problems on this examination, each clearly marked as to its type.

Most of the questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Their solutions are to be written in the space provided on the page where the question
is printed. When that space is exhausted, you may write on the facing page . Any
solution may be continued on the last pages, or the back cover of the booklet, but you
must indicate any continuation clearly on the page where the question is printed!

Some of the questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these you
are expected to write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked to show
your work, and you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are not correct.
You are expected to simplify your answers wherever possible.
You are advised to spend the first few minutes scanning the problems. (Please inform the
invigilator if you find that your booklet is defective.)
6. A TOTAL OF 100 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS EXAMINATION.

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Simplify your answers as much as possible.
Z ee
dt
(a) [4 MARKS] Evaluate
.
e2 t ln t
Z + 2
(b) [4 MARKS] Evaluate
| cosh x| dx .
2

(c) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

!2
!2
!2
!2
1
1
2
n 1
0
.
lim 4 +
+ 4+
+ 4+
+ ... + 4 +
n n
n
n
n
n
d
(d) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
dx

3x

1 + t2 dt when x = 1.

SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

2. For each of the following series you are expected to apply one or more tests for convergence or divergence and determine whether the series is convergent. In each case you
must answer 3 questions:
[1 MARK] Name the test(s) that you are using.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5197

[1 MARK] Explain why the test(s) you have chosen is/are applicable to the given
series.
[2 MARKS] Use the test(s) to conclude whether or not the series is convergent.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

(b) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

(c) [4 MARKS]

n
n2 + 4
 n 

(1)n
ln

3n + 2

X
3n + 6
n=1

5n

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS Express the value of each of the following as a definite integral
or a sum, product, or quotient of several definite integrals, but do not evaluate the integral(s). It is not enough to quote a general formula: your integrals must have integrand
and limits specific to the given problems, and should be simplified as much as possible,
except that you are not expected to evaluate the integrals.
(a) [4 MARKS] The length of the curve whose equation is
x = 1 + et ,

y = t2 ,

(3 t 3).

(b) [4 MARKS] The volume of the solid obtained by rotating about the x-axis the
region bounded by the curves y = x and y = x2 . For this question you are expected
to use only the method of cylindrical shells.
(c) [4 MARKS] The volume of the solid obtained by rotating about the line y = 2 the
region bounded by the curves y = x and y = x2 . For this question you are expected
to use only the method of washers.
4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z
x3
dx .
(x2 + 4)(x 2)
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following. Simplify your answers as much
as possible.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5198

Z
(a) [4 MARKS]

8x cos 2x dx

2
Z 2

(b) [4 MARKS]
0

1
dx

4x x2

Z
(c) [4 MARKS]

e x sin x dx

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Consider the arc C defined by
x = x(t) = 3t t3
y = y(t) = 3t2 ,
where 0 t 1.
d2 y
1
at the point with parameter value t = .
2
dx
2
(b) [6 MARKS] Determine the area of the surface of revolution of C about the x-axis.
(a) [6 MARKS] Determine the value of

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [5 MARKS] Showing detailed work, determine whether the following integral is
convergent; if it is convergent, determine its value:
Z 6
x
xe 3 dx .

(b) [4 MARKS] Give an example of a series which is convergent but not absolutely
convergent. Justify all of your statements.
(c) [4 MARKS] Give an example of 2 divergent sequences {an }, {bn } with the property
that the sequence {an bn } is convergent. You are expected to give formulas for the
general terms an , bn of both of your sequences.
8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[12 MARKS] The curves r = 2 cos 2 and r = 2 sin define a number of regions in the
plane. Let R denote the region containing the point (r, ) = (1, 0), bounded by arcs of
both of the curves. Showing all your work, carefully find the area of R.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5199

F.20 Final Examination in MATH 141 2007 01 (One version)

Instructions
1. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed in.
You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
2. Calculators are not permitted. This is a closed book examination. Regular and translation
dictionaries are permitted.
3. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 8 containing questions; and
Pages 9, 10, and 11, which are blank. Your neighbours version of this test may be different
from yours.
4. There are two kinds of problems on this examination, each clearly marked as to its type.

Most of the questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Their solutions are to be written in the space provided on the page where the question
is printed. When that space is exhausted, you may write on the facing page . Any
solution may be continued on the last pages, or the back cover of the booklet, but you
must indicate any continuation clearly on the page where the question is printed!

Some of the questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these you
are expected to write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked to show
your work, and you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are not correct.
You are expected to simplify your answers wherever possible.
You are advised to spend the first few minutes scanning the problems. (Please inform the
invigilator if you find that your booklet is defective.)
5. A TOTAL OF 100 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS EXAMINATION.

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Your answers must be simplified as much as possible.
Z 2
(a) [2 MARKS] Evaluate
|x|2 dx .
1

Z0
(b) [2 MARKS] Evaluate
1

t4 dt
.

t5 + 1

(c) [3 MARKS] Determine the value of

!3
!3
!3
!3
1 0
1
2
n 1
.
+
+
+ ... +

n n
n
n
n

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5200

(d) [3 MARKS] Suppose it is known that f 0 (x) = 4 cosh x for all x. Showing all your
work, determine the value of f (1) f (1), expressed in terms of the values of either
exponentials or hyperbolic functions.
Z x2
d
t
(e) [4 MARKS] Evaluate
et dt when x = 1 .
dx 12
SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

2. For each of the following series you are expected to apply one or more tests for convergence or divergence to determine whether the series is absolutely convergent, conditionally convergent, or divergent. All tests used must be named, and all statements must be
carefully justified.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
(n 2)n (n 2)n
n=1

(b) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

(c) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

(2n2 + 1)n
(1)n+1

n!
n2 2n

(1)n sin

1
n

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS Express each of the following as a definite integral or a sum,

product, or quotient of several definite integrals, simplified as much as possible; you are
not expected to evaluate the integrals.
R is defined to be the region enclosed by the curves x + y = 6 and y = x2 ; C is the arc
y = 3 x (1 x 2).
(a) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the x-axis. Give an integral or sum of
integrals whose value is the volume of the resulting solid.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(b) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the line x = 5. Give an integral or sum
of integrals whose value is the volume of the resulting solid.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5201

DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(c) [3 MARKS] Express in terms of integrals which you need not evaluate the
average length that R cuts off from the vertical lines which it meets.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(d) [2 MARKS] Give an integral whose value is the length of C; you need not evaluate
the integral.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(e) [3 MARKS] Given an integral whose value is the area of the surface generated by
rotating C about the line y = 1; you need not evaluate the integral.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z x  x2 4 (x 2) + 4


dx .
x2 4 (x 2)
5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following:

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5202

Z
ex cos x dx

(a) [4 MARKS]
5

Z2
(b) [5 MARKS]

21

(c) [4 MARKS]

x
8 + 2x x2

dx

!
1
cos x +
tan2 x dx
cos2 x
2

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Consider the arc C defined by
x = x(t) = cos t + t sin t
y = y(t) = sin t t cos t ,
where 0 t 2 .
d2 y
.
dx2
(b) [6 MARKS] Determine the area of the surface generated by revolving C about the
y-axis.
(a) [6 MARKS] Determine as a function of t the value of

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [5 MARKS] Showing detailed work, determine whether the following integral is
convergent; if it is convergent, determine its value:
Z
sec x dx .

(b) [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, carefully determine whether the series

X
n=3

4
n ln n

is convergent.
(c) [3 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following sequence
converges; if it converges, find its limit:
a1
a2
a3
a4
a5
a6

=
=
=
=
=
=

1.
1.23
1.2345
1.234545
1.23454545
1.2345454545

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5203

etc., where each term after a2 is obtained from its predecessor by the addition on
the right of the decimal digits 45.
8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[10 MARKS] The polar curves
r = 2 + 2 sin
and
r = 6 6 sin

(0 2)
(0 2)

divide the plane into several regions. Showing all your work, carefully find the area of
the region bounded by these curves which contains the point (r, ) = (1, 0).

F.21 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2007 01 (One

version)

Instructions
1. Fill in the above clearly.
2. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed in.
You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
3. The use of calculators is not permitted. This is a closed book examination. Use of regular
and translation dictionaries is permitted.
4. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 8 containing questions; and
Pages 9, 10, and 11, which are blank. Your neighbours version of this examination may be
different from yours.
5. There are two kinds of problems on this examination, each clearly marked as to its type.

Most of the questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Their solutions are to be written in the space provided on the page where the question
is printed. When that space is exhausted, you may write on the facing page . Any
solution may be continued on the last pages, or the back cover of the booklet, but you
must indicate any continuation clearly on the page where the question is printed!

Some of the questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these you
are expected to write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked to show
your work, and you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are not correct.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5204

You are expected to simplify your answers wherever possible.

You are advised to spend the first few minutes scanning the problems. (Please inform the
invigilator if you find that your booklet is defective.)
6. A TOTAL OF 100 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS EXAMINATION.

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Z

1
dx .

2
1
1

x
2
Z
 
(b) [2 MARKS] Evaluate
t3 cosh t4 dt .
(a) [2 MARKS] Evaluate

(c) [3 MARKS] Determine one antiderivative of x ln x.

Z x
2
(d) [3 MARKS] Evaluate the integral
tet dt.
(e) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

d
dx

x
1

(ln | sec t + tan t|) dt when x =

sin x

.
4

SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

2. For each of the following series you are expected to apply one or more tests to determine
whether the series is convergent or divergent. All tests used must be named, and all
statements must be carefully justified.

1
(n + 2)(n 2)
n=3

X
X

i
3
(b) [4 MARKS]
(a) [4 MARKS]

n=1

(c) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

i=n

n+1
n

!n2

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS Express each of the following as a definite integral or a sum,

product, or quotient of several definite integrals, simplified as much as possible; you are
not expected to evaluate the integrals.
R is defined to be the region enclosed by the curves y x = 9 and y = (x + 3)2 ; C is the
arc x = t, y = e3t (2 t 1).

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5205

(a) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the y-axis. Give an integral or sum of
integrals whose value is the volume of the resulting solid.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(b) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the line y = 3. Give an integral or sum
of integrals whose value is the volume of the resulting solid.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)



(c) [3 MARKS] Let f (t) denote the vertical distance of the point t, e3t from the xaxis. Express in terms of integrals which you need not evaluate the average
value of f (t) over the interval 2 t 1.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(d) [2 MARKS] Give an integral whose value is the length of C; you need not evaluate
the integral.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(e) [3 MARKS] Given an integral whose value is the area of the surface generated by
rotating C about the line x = 1; you need not evaluate the integral.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5206

DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z x3  x4 4x2  16
x4 4x2

dx .

5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Z
sin2 (3x) cos2 (3x) dx .

(a) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

Z
(b) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
(c) [5 MARKS] Assume that

f (x) =

x2

1
dx .

9x2 16

sec100 t dt

is known. Showing all your work, express the value of

f (x). (You are not expected to determine f (x) explicitly.)

sec102 t dt in terms of

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Consider the closed arc C defined by
x = x(t) = 3t2
y = y(t) = t3 3t ,

where 3 t 3.
(a) [3 MARKS] Determine the area bounded by C.
(b) [3 MARKS] Determine the equation of the tangent to C at the point with parameter
1
value t = .
2
(c) [6 MARKS] Determine the area of the surface generated by revolving C about the
y-axis.

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [6 MARKS] Showing detailed work, determine whether the following integral is
convergent; if it is convergent, determine its value:
Z
x
dx .
2
x + 4
(b) [7 MARKS] Showing all your work, carefully determine whether the series

X
ln n
n
(1)
n
n=3
is conditionally convergent, absolutely convergent, or divergent.
8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[10 MARKS] Find the area inside the larger loop and outside the smaller loop of the
limacon
r = 2 sin 1.

F.22 Final Examination in MATH 141 2008 01 (one version)

This examination was written during a labour disruption, when the services of Teaching Assistants were not available for grading purposes. The following additional instructions were
distributed with the examination.

VERSION n
McGILL UNIVERSITY
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
FINAL EXAMINATION
IMPORTANT ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS
MATHEMATICS 141 2008 01CALCULUS 2
EXAMINER: Professor W. G. Brown
ASSOCIATE EXAMINER: Mr. S. Shahabi

DATE: Monday, April 14th, 2008

TIME: 09:00 12:00 hours

A. Part marks will not be awarded for any part of any question worth [4 MARKS] or less.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5208

B. To be awarded part marks on a part of a question whose maximum value is 5 marks or

more, a students answer must be deemed to be more than 75% correct.
C. While there are 100 marks available on this examination 80 MARKS CONSTITUTE A
PERFECT PAPER. You may attempt as many problems as you wish.
All other instructions remain valid. Where a problem requires that all work be shown, that
remains the requirement; where a problem requires only that an answer be written in a box
without work being graded, that also remains the requirement.
Students are advised to spend time checking their work; for that purpose you could verify
your answers by solving problems in more than one way. Remember that indefinite integrals
can be checked by differentiation.

W. G. Brown, Examiner.

Instructions
1. Fill in the above clearly.
2. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed in.
You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
3. Calculators are not permitted. This is a closed book examination. Regular and translation
dictionaries are permitted.
4. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 9 containing questions; and
Pages 10, 11, and 12, which are blank. Your neighbours version of this test may be different
from yours.
5. There are two kinds of problems on this examination, each clearly marked as to its type.

Most of the questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Their solutions are to be written in the space provided on the page where the question
is printed; in some of these problems you are instructed to write the answer in a box,
but a correct answer alone will not be sufficient unless it is substantiated by your work,
clearly displayed outside the box. When space provided for that work is exhausted, you
may write on the facing page . Any solution may be continued on the last pages, or the
back cover of the booklet, but you must indicate any continuation clearly on the page
where the question is printed!

Some of the questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these you
are expected to write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked to show
your work, and you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are not correct.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5209

You are expected to simplify your answers wherever possible.

You are advised to spend the first few minutes scanning the problems. (Please inform the
invigilator if you find that your booklet is defective.)
6. A TOTAL OF 100 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS EXAMINATION.

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Your answers must be simplified as much as possible.
Z
4 6x
(a) [2 MARKS] Evaluate
dx .
1 + x2

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

Z2
(b) [3 MARKS] Evaluate
0

p
y2 y3 + 1 dy .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5210

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

Z
(c) [3 MARKS] Evaluate

sin(18 ) cos(30 ) d .

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

2. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

d
(a) [3 MARKS] Simplifying your answer as much as possible, evaluate
dx

3
x

earcsin z dz .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5211

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

(b) [4 MARKS] For the interval 2 x 5 write down the Riemann sum for the
function f (x) = 3 x, where the sample points are the left end-point of each of n
subintervals of equal length.

ANSWER ONLY

(c) [4 MARKS] Determine the value of the preceding Riemann sum as a function of
n, simplifying your work as much as possible. (NOTE: You are being asked to
determine the value of the sum as a function of n, not the limit as n .)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5212

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

3. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

For each of the following series determine whether the series diverges, converges conditionally, or converges absolutely. All of your work must be justified; prior to using any
test you are expected to demonstrate that the test is applicable to the problem.
!

X
1
(a) [4 MARKS]

n
ln n
n=3

X
4n + 5
(1)n+1
(b) [4 MARKS]
3n + 10
n=1
!
!!

X
1
1
1 1
(c) [4 MARKS]
cot
cot
n
+
1
n
n=1
4. BRIEF SOLUTIONS R is defined to be the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the
curves 2y = x, y = 2x, and x2 + y2 = 5.
(a) [4 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the line x = 1. Give an integral or sum
of integrals whose value is the volume of the resulting solid.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(b) [4 MARKS] Let L(a) denote the length of the portion of line y = a which lies inside
R. Express in terms of integrals which you need not evaluate the average of
the positive lengths L(a).
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5213

(c) [4 MARKS] Let C1 be the curve x(t) = t, y(t) = cosh t (0 t ln 2). Simplifying
your answer as much as possible, find the length of C1 .
ANSWER ONLY

5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [8 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z
36
dx .
(x + 4)(x 2)2
Z
(b) [4

MARKS]

Determine

If it converges, find its value.

whether

36
dx
(x + 4)(x 2)2

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Showing all your work, evaluate each of the following:
Z p

(a) [4 MARKS]
e x dx

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

converges.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z0
(b) [5 MARKS]

21

x
3 4x 4x2

dx

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

(c) [4 MARKS]

sin2 t cos4 t dt .

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

5214

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Consider the curve C2 defined by

x = x(t) = 1 + et ,

5215
y = y(t) = t + t2 .

(a) [2 MARKS] Determine the coordinates of all points where C2 intersects the x-axis.

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

(b) [2 MARKS] Determine the coordinates of all points of C2 where the tangent is
horizontal.

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5216

(c) [6 MARKS] Determine the area of the finite region bounded by C2 and the x-axis.

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the series

X



n n+2 n2
n=2

is convergent or divergent.
(b) [5 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine whether the following sequence
converges; if it converges, find its limit:
a1
a2
a3
a4
a5
a6

=
=
=
=
=
=

3.
3.14
3.1414
3.141414
3.14141414
3.1414141414

etc., where each term after a2 is obtained from its predecessor by the addition on
the right of the decimal digits 14.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5217

9. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Curves C3 and C4 , respectively represented by polar equations
r = 4 + 2 cos
and
r = 4 cos + 5

(0 2)

(34)

(0 2) ,

(35)

divide the plane into several regions.

(a) [8 MARKS] Showing all your work, carefully find the area of the one region which
is bounded by C3 and C4 and contains the pole.
(b) [4 MARKS] Find another equation call it (35*) that also represents C4 , and
has the property that there do not exist coordinates (r, ) which satisfy equations
(34) and (35*) simultaneously. You are expected to show that equations (34) and
(35*) have no simultaneous solutions.

F.23 Supplemental/Deferred Examination in MATH 141 2008 01 (one

version)

Instructions
1. Fill in the above clearly.
2. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed in.
You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
3. The use of calculators is not permitted. This is a closed book examination. Use of regular
and translation dictionaries is permitted.
4. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 8 containing questions; and
Pages 9, 10, and 11, which are blank. Your neighbours version of this examination may be
different from yours.
5. There are two kinds of problems on this examination, each clearly marked as to its type.

Most of the questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Their solutions are to be written in the space provided on the page where the question
is printed. When that space is exhausted, you may write on the facing page . Any
solution may be continued on the last pages, or the back cover of the booklet, but you
must indicate any continuation clearly on the page where the question is printed!

Some of the questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these you
are expected to write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked to show
your work, and you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are not correct.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5218

You are expected to simplify your answers wherever possible.

You are advised to spend the first few minutes scanning the problems. (Please inform the
invigilator if you find that your booklet is defective.)
6. A TOTAL OF 100 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS EXAMINATION.

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Z

1
dx .

2
1
1

x
2
Z
 
(b) [2 MARKS] Evaluate
t3 cosh t4 dt .
(a) [2 MARKS] Evaluate

(c) [3 MARKS] Determine one antiderivative of x ln x.

Z x
2
(d) [3 MARKS] Evaluate the integral
tet dt.
(e) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

d
dx

x
1

(ln | sec t + tan t|) dt when x =

sin x

.
4

SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

2. For each of the following series you are expected to apply one or more tests to determine
whether the series is convergent or divergent. All tests used must be named, and all
statements must be carefully justified.

1
(n + 2)(n 2)
n=3

X
X

i
3
(b) [4 MARKS]
(a) [4 MARKS]

n=1

(c) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

i=n

n+1
n

!n2

3. BRIEF SOLUTIONS Express each of the following as a definite integral or a sum,

product, or quotient of several definite integrals, simplified as much as possible; you are
not expected to evaluate the integrals.
R is defined to be the region enclosed by the curves y x = 9 and y = (x + 3)2 ; C is the
arc x = t, y = e3t (2 t 1).

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5219

(a) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the y-axis. Give an integral or sum of
integrals whose value is the volume of the resulting solid.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(b) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the line y = 3. Give an integral or sum
of integrals whose value is the volume of the resulting solid.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)



(c) [3 MARKS] Let f (t) denote the vertical distance of the point t, e3t from the xaxis. Express in terms of integrals which you need not evaluate the average
value of f (t) over the interval 2 t 1.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(d) [2 MARKS] Give an integral whose value is the length of C; you need not evaluate
the integral.
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(e) [3 MARKS] Given an integral whose value is the area of the surface generated by
rotating C about the line x = 1; you need not evaluate the integral.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5220

DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

4. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

[12 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z x3  x4 4x2  16
x4 4x2

dx .

5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Z
sin2 (3x) cos2 (3x) dx .

(a) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate

Z
(b) [4 MARKS] Showing all your work, evaluate
(c) [5 MARKS] Assume that

f (x) =

x2

1
dx .

9x2 16

sec100 t dt

is known. Showing all your work, express the value of

f (x). (You are not expected to determine f (x) explicitly.)

sec102 t dt in terms of

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Consider the closed arc C defined by
x = x(t) = 3t2
y = y(t) = t3 3t ,

where 3 t 3.
(a) [3 MARKS] Determine the area bounded by C.
(b) [3 MARKS] Determine the equation of the tangent to C at the point with parameter
1
value t = .
2
(c) [6 MARKS] Determine the area of the surface generated by revolving C about the
y-axis.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5221

7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [6 MARKS] Showing detailed work, determine whether the following integral is
convergent; if it is convergent, determine its value:
Z
x
dx .
2
x + 4
(b) [7 MARKS] Showing all your work, carefully determine whether the series

X
ln n
n
(1)
n
n=3
is conditionally convergent, absolutely convergent, or divergent.
8. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
[10 MARKS] Find the area inside the larger loop and outside the smaller loop of the
limacon
r = 2 sin 1.

F.24 Final Examination in MATH 141 2009 01 (one version)

Instructions
1. Do not tear pages from this book; all your writing even rough work must be handed in.
You may do rough work for this paper anywhere in the booklet.
2. Calculators are not permitted. This is a closed book examination. Regular and translation
dictionaries are permitted.
3. This examination booklet consists of this cover, Pages 1 through 8 containing questions; and
Pages 9, 10 and 11, which are blank. A TOTAL OF 75 MARKS ARE AVAILABLE ON THIS
EXAMINATION.
4. You are expected to simplify all answers wherever possible.

Most questions on this paper require that you SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Solutions are to be begun on the page where the question is printed; a correct answer
alone will not be sufficient unless substantiated by your work. You may continue your
solution on the facing page , or on the last pages, or the back cover of the booklet, but
you must indicate any continuation clearly on the page where the question is printed!
To be awarded partial marks on a part of a question a students answer for that part
must be deemed to be more than 50% correct. Most of these questions will require
that the answer be written in a box provided on the page where the question is printed;
even if you continue your work elsewhere, the answer should be in the box provided.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5222

Some questions on this paper require only BRIEF SOLUTIONS ; for these you must
write the correct answer in the box provided; you are not asked to show your work, and
you should not expect partial marks for solutions that are not correct. Check your work!

1. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Z
(a) [4 MARKS] Evaluate
t3 cos t2 dt .

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

(b) [4 MARKS] Simplifying your answer as much as possible, evaluate the derivative
Z t2
d
tanh x2 dx .
dt 0

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

2. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Your answers must be simplified as much as possible.
1

Z2
(a) [4 MARKS] Evaluate
1
2

dx
.

1 x2 arcsin x

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

5223

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

Z
(b) [4 MARKS] Evaluate

2y
y2 y + 1

5224
dy

ANSWER (SHOW YOUR WORK OUTSIDE THE BOX)

SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

3. For each of the following series determine whether the series diverges, converges conditionally, or converges absolutely. All of your work must be justified; prior to using any
test you are expected to demonstrate that the test is applicable to the problem.
(a) [4 MARKS]

X
n=1

n+1

(1)

 cos n n
2

1
(1)n
.
n
ln
n
n=2

X
1
(c) [4 MARKS]
(1)n ln (3n + 1)
n
n=4

(b) [4 MARKS]

4. [12 MARKS] SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

n
 r 
1 X

2
(a) [3 MARKS] Evaluate lim
cos
. (Hint: This could be a Riemann
n n
n
r=1
sum.)
(b) [3 MARKS] Showing all your work, prove divergence, or find the limit of an =
arctan(2n) as n .

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5225

n
X
X

(c) [3 MARKS] Showing all your work, prove divergence, or find the value of
.
5i
n=1

i=1

5. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

(a) [8 MARKS] Evaluate the indefinite integral
Z
t+1
dt .
2
2t t 1
(b) [2 MARKS] Determine whether the following improper integral converges or diverges; if it converges, find its value:
Z

t+1
dt .
t1

2t2
4

6. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!

Consider the curve C1 defined by

x = 3t2 ,

y = 2t3 ,

(t 0).

(a) [7 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine the area of the surface generated
when the arc 0 t 1 of C1 is rotated about the y-axis.
(b) [2 MARKS] Showing all your work, determine all points if any where the
normal to the curve is parallel to the line x + y = 8.
7. SHOW ALL YOUR WORK!
Curves C3 and C4 , are respectively represented by polar equations
r = 3 + 3 cos
(0 2)
and
r = 9 cos
(0 ) .

(36)
(37)

(a) [7 MARKS] Showing all your work, carefully find the area of the region lying
inside both of the curves.
(b) [3 MARKS] Determine the length of the curves which form the boundary of the
region whose area you have found.
8. BRIEF SOLUTIONS R is defined to be the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the
8
curves y = 2 , x = y, x = 1.
x

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

5226

(a) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the line x = 1 to create a 3-dimensional
solid, S 1 . Give an integral or sum of integrals whose value is the volume of S 1 ;
you are not asked to evaluate the integral(s).
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(b) [3 MARKS] The region R is rotated about the x- axis to create a 3-dimensional
solid, S 2 . Give an integral or sum of integrals whose value is the volume of S 2
obtained only by the Method of Cylindrical Shells; you are not asked to evaluate
the integral(s).
DEFINITE INTEGRAL(S) ONLY (DO NOT EVALUATE)

(c) [3 MARKS] Calculate the area of R.

ANSWER ONLY

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

6001

G WeBWorK
G.1 Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
G.1.1 Where is WeBWorK?
WeBWorK is located on Web servers of the Department of Mathematics and Statistics, and is
accessible at the following URL:
http://msr02.math.mcgill.ca/webwork2/MATH141 WINTER2010/
If you access WeBWorK through WebCT, the link on your page will have been programmed
to take you to the correct WeBWorK server automatically.
G.1.2 Do I need a password to use WeBWorK?
You will need a user code and a password.
Your user code.

Your user code will be your 9-digit student number.

Your password. The WeBWorK system is administered by the Mathematics and Statistics
Department, and is not accessible directly through the myMcGill Portal; your initial password
will be different from your MINERVA password, but you could change it to that if you wish.
Your initial password will be your 9-digit student ID number. You will be able to change this
password after you sign on to WeBWorK.36
Your e-mail address. The WeBWorK system requires each user to have an e-mail address.
After signing on to WeBWorK, you should verify that the e-mail address shown is the one that
you prefer. You should endeavour to keep your e-mail address up to date, since the instructors
may send messages to the entire class through this route.
We suggest that you use either your UEA37 or your po-box address. You may be able to
forward your mail from these addresses to another convenient address, (cf. 4.)
G.1.3 Do I have to pay an additional fee to use WeBWorK?
WeBWorK is available to all students registered in the course at no additional charge.
36

If you forget your password you will have to send a message to Professor Brown so that the system administrator may be instructed to reset the password at its initial value.
37
Uniform E-mail Address

UPDATED TO January 6, 2010

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

6002

G.1.4 When will assignments be available on WeBWorK?

Each assignment will have a begin date and a due date. The assignment is available to you
after the begin date; solutions will be made available soon after the due date.
G.1.5 Do WeBWorK assignments cover the full range of problems that I should be able
to solve in this course?
The questions on the WeBWorK assignments (A1 through A6 ) are a sampling of some types
of problem you should be able to solve after successfully completing this course. Some types
of calculus problems do not lend themselves to this kind of treatment, and may not appear on
the WeBWorK assignments. Use of WeBWorK does not replace studying the textbook
including the worked examples, attending lectures and tutorials, and working exercises
from the textbook using the Student Solutions Manual [3] to check your work. Students
are cautioned not to draw conclusions from the presence, absence, or relative frequencies of
problems of particular types, or from particular sections of the textbook. Certain sections
of the textbook remain examination material even though no problems are included in the
WeBWorK assignments.
G.1.6 May I assume that the distribution of topics on quizzes and final examinations
will parallel the distribution of topics in the WeBWorK assignments?
No! While the order of topics on WeBWorK assignments should conform to the order of the
lectures, there are some topics on the syllabus that will not appear in WeBWorK questions.
Use WeBWorK for the areas it covers, and supplement it by working problems from your
textbook. Also, remember that WeBWorK which checks answer only cannot ascertain
whether you are using a correct method for solving problems. But, if you write out a solution
to an odd-numbered textbook problem, you can compare it with the solution in the Solutions
Manual; and, if in doubt, you can show your work to a Teaching Assistant at one of the many
office hours that they hold through the week.
G.1.7 WeBWorK provides for different kinds of Display Mode. Which should I use?
Display mode is the mode that you enter when you first view a problem; and, later, when
you submit your answer. You may wish to experiment with the different formats. The default
is jsMath mode, which should look similar to the version that you print out (cf. next question).

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

6003

G.1.8 WeBWorK provides for printing assignments in Portable Document Format

(.pdf), PostScript (.ps) and TEXSource forms. Which should I use?
Most newer home computers have already been loaded with the Acrobat Reader for .pdf files; if
the Reader has not been installed on your computer38 , you will find instructions for downloading this (free) software in 1.6.5 of these notes. Most computers available to you on campus
should be capable of printing in .pdf format.
G.1.9 What is the relation between WeBWorK and WebCT?
There is none. WebCT is the proprietary system of Web Course Tools that has been implemented by McGill University. You may access the web page for this course, and WeBWorK
through your WebCT account39 , and WebCT will link you to the appropriate server for WeBWorK. If you follow this route to WeBWorK, you will still have to log in when you reach
the WeBWorK site. At the present time we will be using WebCT primarily for the posting of
grades, and as a convenient repository for links to notes and announcements in the course. We
are not planning to use the potential WebCT sites that exist for the tutorial sections: use only
the site for the lecture section in which you are registered.
G.1.10 What do I have to do on WeBWorK?
After you sign on to WeBWorK, and click on Begin Problem Sets, you will see a list of Assignments, each with a due date. Since there is no limit to the number of attempts at problems
on P0 or the other Practice assignments, you may play with these assignments to learn how
to use the WeBWorK software.
You may print out a copy of your assignment by clicking on Get hard copy. This is
your version of the assignment, and it will differ from the assignments of other students in
the course. You should spend some time working on the assignment away from the computer.
When you are ready to submit your solutions, sign on again, and select the same assignment.
This time click on Do problem set. You can expect to become more comfortable with the
system as you attempt several problems; but, in the beginning, there are likely to be situations
where you cannot understand what the system finds wrong with some of your answers. It is
useful to click on the Preview Answers button to see how the system interprets an answer that
you have typed in. As the problems may become more difficult, you may have to refer to the
Help page, and also to the List of functions which appears on the page listing the problems.
Dont submit an answer until you are happy with the interpretation that the Preview Answers
button shows that the system will be taking of your answer.
38

At the time these notes were written, the latest version of the Reader was 9.0, but recent, earlier versions
should also work properly.
39
http://mycourses.mcgill.ca

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

6004

G.1.11 How can I learn how to use WeBWorK?

As soon as your instructor announces that the WeBWorK accounts are ready, sign on and try
assignment P0 , which does not count. The system is self-instructive, so we will not burden
you with a long list of instructions.
You will need to learn how to enter algebraic expressions into WeBWorK as it is coded to
read what you type in a way that may different from what you expect. For example, the symbol
is used for writing exponents (powers). If you type 23, WeBWorK will interpret this as
23 = 8. However, if you type 23+x, WeBWorKwill interpret it as 23 + x, i.e. as 8 + x; if you
wish to write 23+x , you have to type 2(3+x). You may obtain more information from the List
of Available Functions, available online, or at
http://webwork.maa.org/wiki/Mathematical notation recognized by WeBWorK
G.1.12 Where should I go if I have difficulties with WeBWorK ?
If you have difficulties signing on to WeBWorK, or with the viewing or printing functions on
WeBWorK, or with the specific problems on your version of an assignment, you may send
an e-mail distress message directly from WeBWorK by clicking on the Feedback button.
You may also report the problem to your instructor and/or your tutor, but the fastest way of
resolving your difficulty is usually the Feedback . Please give as much information as you
can. (All of the instructors and tutors are able to view from within WeBWorK the answers
that you have submitted to questions.)
If your problem is mathematical, and you need help in solving a problem, you should
consult one of the tutors at their office hours; you may go to any tutors office hours, not only
to the hours of the tutor of the section in which you are registered.
G.1.13 Can the WeBWorK system ever break down or degrade?
Like all computer systems, WeBWorK can experience technical problems. The systems manager is continually monitoring its performance. If you experience a difficulty when online,
please click on the Feedback button and report it. If that option is not available to you,
please communicate with either instructor by e-mail.
If you leave your WeBWorK assignment until the hours close to the due time on the due
date, you should not be surprised if the system is slow to respond. This is not a malfunction,
but is simply a reflection of the fact that other students have also been procrastinating! To
benefit from the speed that the system can deliver under normal conditions, do not delay your
WeBWorK until the last possible day! If a systems failure interferes with the due date of an
assignment, arrangements could be made to change that date, and an e-mail message could

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

6005

be broadcast to all users (to the e-mail addresses on record), or a message could be posted on
WeBCT or the WeBWorK sign-on screen.40
G.1.14 How many attempts may I make to solve a particular problem on WeBWorK?
Practice Assignments P1 P6 are intended to prepare you for Assignments A1 A6 , and
permit unlimited numbers of attempts; your grades on these Practice do not count in your
term mark. For the problems on assignments A1 A6 you will normally be permitted about 5
tries: read the instructions at the head of the assignment.
G.1.15 Will all WeBWorK assignments have the same length? the same value?
The numbers of problems on the various assignments may not be the same, and the individual
problems may vary in difficulty. Assignments A1 A6 will count equally in the computation
of your grade.
G.1.16 Is WeBWorK a good indicator of examination performance?
A low grade on WeBWorK has often been followed by a low grade on the examination.
A high grade on WeBWorK does not necessarily indicate a likely high grade on the examination.
To summarize: WeBWorK alone is not enough to prepare this course; but students who
dont do WeBWorK appear to have a poor likelihood of success in MATH 141: that is one
reason why we have made the WeBWorK assignments compulsory.

40

But slowness of the system just before the due time will not normally be considered a systems failure.

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

6101

H Contents of the DVD disks for

Larson/Hostetler/Edwards
These excellent disks were produced to accompany the textbook, Calculus of a Single Variable: Early Transcendental Functions, 3rd Edition[28] (called LHE in the charts below). The
correspondence shown to sections of [7] are only approximate. (NOTE THAT THIS BOOK
DOES NOT FOLLOW STEWARTS CONVENTIONS FOR INVERSE SECANT/COSECANT!)
[All references in this table are to the 5th edition of Stewart, [7].]
DVD
LHE
#
Section
1
P
1
P.1
1
P.2
1
P.3
1
P.4
1
P.5
1
P.6

Subject
Chapter P: Preparation for Calculus
Graphs and Models
Linear Models and Rates of Change
Functions and Their Graphs
Fitting Models to Data
Inverse Functions
Exponential and Logarithmic Functions

Minutes

Stewart
Section

45
27
48
21
48
30

A10
1.1
1.2
1.6
1.5

DVD
LHE
#
Section
1
1
1
1.1
1
1.2
1
1.3
1
1.4
1
1.5

Subject
Chapter 1: Limits and Their Properties
A Preview of Calculus
Finding Limits Graphically and Numerically
Evaluating Limits Analytically
Continuity and One-Sided Limits
Infinite Limits

Minutes

Stewart
Section

11
25
28
22
18

2.1
2.2, 2.4
2.3
2.5
2.6

Subject
Chapter 2: Differentiation
The Derivative and the Tangent Line Problem
Basic Differentiation Rules and Rates of
Change
The Product and Quotient Rules and Higher
Order Derivatives

Minutes

Stewart
Section

68
34

2.1
2.3

25

3.2, 3.7

DVD
LHE
#
Section
1
2
1
2.1
1
2.2
1

2.3

Information for Students in MATH 141 2010 01

DVD
#
2
2
2
2
2
2

LHE
Section
2
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8

DVD
LHE
#
Section
2
3
2
3.1
2
3.2
2

3.3

2
2
2
2
2

3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8

DVD
LHE
#
Section
3
4
3
4.1
DVD
LHE
#
Section
4
7

7.7

Subject
Chapter 2 (continued): Differentiation
The Chain Rule
Implicit Differentiation
Derivatives of Inverse Functions
Related Rates
Newtons Method
Subject
Chapter 3: Applications of Differentiation
Extrema on an Interval
Rolles Theorem and the Mean Value Theorem
Increasing and Decreasing Functions and the
First Derivative Test
Concavity and the Second Derivative Test
Limits at Infinity
A Summary of Curve Sketching
Optimization Problems
Differentials
Subject
Chapter 4: Integration
Antiderivatives and Indefinite Integration

6102

Minutes

Stewart
Section

44
50
17
34
26

3.5
3.6
3.5, 3.8, 3.9
3.10
4.9

Minutes

Stewart
Section

41
15

4.1
4.2

19

4.3

24
23
43
37
51

4.3
2.6
4.5
4.7
3.11

Minutes

Stewart
Section

40

4.10

Subject
Minutes
Chapter 7: Integration by Parts Trigonometric Substitution Partial Fractions LHopitals
Rule
Indeterminate Forms and LHopitals Rule
22

(The coverage extends to part of the material for Math 141 as well.)

Stewart
Section

4.4